EP1963374A1 - Oxime ester photoinitiators - Google Patents

Oxime ester photoinitiators

Info

Publication number
EP1963374A1
EP1963374A1 EP06807785A EP06807785A EP1963374A1 EP 1963374 A1 EP1963374 A1 EP 1963374A1 EP 06807785 A EP06807785 A EP 06807785A EP 06807785 A EP06807785 A EP 06807785A EP 1963374 A1 EP1963374 A1 EP 1963374A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
phenyl
alkyl
crc
optionally
interrupted
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
EP06807785A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP1963374B1 (en
Inventor
Akira Matsumoto
Junichi Tanabe
Hisatoshi Kura
Masaki Ohwa
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
BASF SE
Original Assignee
Ciba Holding AG
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ciba Holding AG filed Critical Ciba Holding AG
Priority to EP06807785A priority Critical patent/EP1963374B1/en
Publication of EP1963374A1 publication Critical patent/EP1963374A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP1963374B1 publication Critical patent/EP1963374B1/en
Not-in-force legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C251/00—Compounds containing nitrogen atoms doubly-bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C251/32—Oximes
    • C07C251/62—Oximes having oxygen atoms of oxyimino groups esterified
    • C07C251/64—Oximes having oxygen atoms of oxyimino groups esterified by carboxylic acids
    • C07C251/66—Oximes having oxygen atoms of oxyimino groups esterified by carboxylic acids with the esterifying carboxyl groups bound to hydrogen atoms, to acyclic carbon atoms or to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56—Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80—[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • C07D209/82—Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles
    • C07D209/86—Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the ring system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D515/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D515/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46—Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48—Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50—Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031—Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/001—Phase modulating patterns, e.g. refractive index patterns

Definitions

  • the invention pertains to specific oxime ester compounds which have at least two oxime ester groups as substitutents on the polyaromatic systems, including heterocycles, and their use as photoinitiators in photopolymerizable compositions.
  • M 1 , M 2 and M 3 independently of one another are no bond, a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO 2 Or
  • M 1 , M 2 or M 3 is a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO 2 or NR 14 ;
  • M 4 is a direct bond, CR" 3 R" 4 , CO, CS, O, S, SO, or SO 2 ;
  • Y is a direct bond, S or NR 18 ;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 2 -C 5 alkenyl, CrC 20 alkoxy, unsubstituted CrC 20 alkyl or
  • R 1 is phenyl or naphthyl, both of which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Ci-C 6 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, halogen, CN, OR 11 , SR 10 and/or NR 12 R 13 ; or R 1 is benzyloxy or phenoxy both of which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
  • R 2 ishydrogen, CrC 20 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or
  • R 2 is CrC 20 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OR 11 , COOR 11 , CONR 12 R 13 , phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen, CrC 2 oalkyl, CrC 4 haloalkyl, SR 1O , OR 11 , or NR 12 R 13 ; or R 2 is C 2 -C 20 alkyl interrupted by one or more O and/or optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OR 11 , COOR 11 , CONR 12 R 13 , phenyl or phenyl substituted by SR 10 , OR 11 or NR 12 R 13 ; or R 2 is phenyl, naphthyl, coumarinyl or heteroaryl, each of which optionally is substituted by one or more CrC 12 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CrC 4 haloalkyl, CN, NO 2 , SR 10 , OR 11 , NR 12
  • R 2 is C 2 -C 20 alkanoyl, or benzoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
  • R 2 is C 2 -C 12 alkoxycarbonyl optionally interrupted by one or more O and/or optionally sub- stituted by one or more OH; or R 2 is phenoxycarbonyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC 6 alkyl,
  • R" 2 has one of the meanings given for R 2 ; or is R
  • M 5 is no bond, a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO 2 or NR 14 ;
  • R 3 and R 4 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, CrC 20 alkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , C 2 -C 12 alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , or are C 4 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkinyl, phenyl-C r C 4 alkyl, CN, NO 2 , R I ' 2 O I l
  • -C N-O-C-R'., or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 3 and R 4 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more SR 10 , OR 11 or
  • R 3 and R 4 are (CO)R 15 , SR 10 , OR 11 , SOR 10 , SO 2 R 10 or NR 12 R 13 , wherein the substituents (CO)R 15 , OR 11 , SR 10 and NR 12 R 13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R 10 ,
  • R 11 , R 12 R 13 , and/or R 15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring; or R 3 and R 4 together are CrC 6 alkylene or C 2 -C 6 alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached, wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is substituted by one or more C r C 20 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, SR 10 , OR 11 , NR 12 R 13 , halogen, phenyl, COOR 11 ,
  • CONR 12 R 13 CN, NO 2 , or is substituted by C 3 -C 1o cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O,
  • R'-i has one of the meanings given for R 1 ;
  • R' 2 has one of the meanings given for R 2 ;
  • R' 3 , R' 4 , R" 3 and R" 4 independently of one another have one of the meanings given for R 3 and
  • R 5 is hydrogen, halogen, CrC 4 haloalkyl, CrC 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 2o alkyl which is interrupted by O,
  • R I ' 2 O I l C 4 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkinyl, phenyl-C r C 4 alkyl, CN, NO 2 , — C N-0-C-R' 1 or
  • C 3 -C 1o cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 5 is phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, C- ⁇ -C 4 haloalkyl,
  • R 5 is (CO)Ri5, SRi 0 , ORn, SORi 0 , SO 2 Ri 0 or NRi 2 Ri 3 , wherein the substituents (CO)Ri 5 , ORii, SRi 0 and NRi 2 Ri 3 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals Ri 0 , Rn, Ri 2 Ri 3 and/or Ri 5 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring;
  • R 6 and R' 6 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, CrC 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 2o alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NRi 4 , C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR i4 , or are C 4 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, C 2 -Ci 2 alkinyl, phenyl-C r C 4 alkyl, CN, NO 2 , R I ' 2 O I l
  • R 6 and R' 6 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, CrC 20 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, SRi 0 , ORn or NR i2 Ri 3 ; or R 6 and R' 6 are (CO)Ri 5 , SRi 0 , ORn, SORi 0 , SO 2 R i0 or NR i2 Ri 3 , wherein the substituents (CO)Ri 5 , ORii, SRi 0 and NRi 2 Ri 3 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals Ri 0 , R 11 , Ri 2 Ri 3 , and/or Ri 5 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl
  • R 7 , R' 7 , Re and R' ⁇ independently of one another have one of the meanings as given for R 3 and Rg and R' 9 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, d-C 2 oalkyl, CrC 4 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , or are C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , or are C 4 -C 8 cycloalkenyl, C 2 -C 12 alkinyl, phenyl-CrC 4 alkyl, CN, R I ' 2 O I l
  • — C N-O-C-R' 1 or C 3 -C- ⁇ ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or Rg and R' 9 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen,
  • Ci-C 20 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, SR 10 , OR 11 Or NR 12 R 13 ; or R 9 and R' 9 are (CO)R 15 , SR 10 , OR 11 , SOR 10 , SO 2 R 10 or NR 12 R 13 , wherein the substituents
  • R 11 , R 12 R 13 , and/or R 15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring;
  • R 10 is hydrogen, CrC 20 alkyl, CrC 4 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, C 3 -C 1o cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , or R 10 is phenyl-Ci-C 4 alkyl; C r C 8 alkyl which is substituted by OH, SH, CN,
  • R 10 is C 2 -C 2o alkyl which is interrupted by one or more O or S ; or R 10 is -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n H, -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n (CO)-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), C 2 -C 8 alkanoyl, benzoyl,
  • R 10 is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
  • R 11 is hydrogen, d-C 2 oalkyl which optionally is substituted by one or more halogen; or is -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n H, -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n (CO)-(Ci-C 8 alkyl), C r C 8 alkanoyl, C 2 -Ci 2 alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenoyl, phenyl-CrC 4 alkyl; C 2 -C 20 alkyl which is interrupted by one or more O; C3-Ciocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 11 is C- ⁇ -C 8 alkyl which is substituted by OH, SH,
  • R 11 is benzoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC 6 alkyl, halogen, C r C 4 haloalkyl, OH or C r C 4 alkoxy; or R 11 is phenyl or naphthyl each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
  • R 12 and R 13 independently of one another are hydrogen, CrC 2 oalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , C 2 -C 4 hydroxyalkyl, C r C 12 alkoxy, phenyl-C r C 4 alkyl, (CO)R 15 , C 2 -C- ⁇ oalkoxyalkyl, C 3 -C 5 alkenyl, or C 3 -C- ⁇ ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 12 and R 13 are phenyl or naphthyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, CrC 4 haloalkyl, CrC 20 alkoxy, (CO)R 15 , phenyl, NR 16 R 1 Z, SR 10 , OR 11 , R I '", 2 O I l
  • C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 12 and R 13 independently of each other are C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR 12 R 13 is attached, wherein said C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 12 and R 13 independently of one another are phenyl which is attached via a direct bond to the phenyl ring on which the NR 12 R 13 is positioned; or R 12 and R 13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring which optionally is interrupted by O, N or NR 14 , and which ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC 2 oalkyl, CrC 2 o
  • Ri 4 is hydrogen, d-C 2 oalkyl, CrC 4 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which is interrupted by O or CO, or is phenyl-Ci-C 4 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O or CO, or is (CO)Ri 5 or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC 20 alkyl, halogen,
  • R 15 is hydrogen, OH, CrC 2 oalkyl, CrC 4 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , C 3 -C- ⁇ ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , or is phenyl-CrC 4 alkyl, SR 10 , OR 11 Or NR 12 R 13 ; or R 15 is phenyl, naphthyl, coumarinyl or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substi-
  • CrC 4 haloalkyl C 2 -C 20 alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ;
  • R 16 and R 17 independently of each other are hydrogen, CrC 20 alkyl, CrC 4 haloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl or phenyl; or
  • R 16 and R 17 together with N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally is interrupted by O, S or NR 14 ; or R 16 and R 17 independently of one another are C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR 16 R 17 is attached, wherein said C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 15 , and to which C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed; R 18 is hydrogen, (C0)R" 2 , CrC 2 oalkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-CrC 4 alkyl, CrC 2 oalkyl which optionally is substituted by one or more halogen, COOR 11 or
  • NR 12 Ri 3 , -C N-O-C-R' ⁇ , CN, NO 2 , halogen, C r C 20 alkyl, C r C 4 haloalkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule; particularly fulfill the needs mentioned above.
  • CrC 20 alkyl is linear or branched and is, for example, C 1 -C 18 -, C 1 -C 14 -, C 1 -C 12 -, C 1 -C 8 -, C 1 -C 6 - or CrC 4 alkyl.
  • Examples are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetrade- cyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl and icosyl.
  • CrC 18 alkyl, CrC 14 alkyl, CrC 12 alkyl, CrC 8 alkyl, CrC 6 alkyl and CrC 4 alkyl have the same meanings as given above for CrC 20 alkyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms.
  • C 2 -C 20 alkyl interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 is for example interrupted once or more times, e.g. 1-9, 1-7 or once or twice by O, CO or NR 14 , respectively.
  • the groups are interrupted by more than one O, said O-atoms are seperated from one another by at least one methylene group, i.e. the O-atoms are non-consecutive.
  • CrC 4 haloalkyl is CrC 4 -alkyl mono- or poly-substituted by halogen, CrC 4 -alkyl being, for example, as defined above.
  • the alkyl radical is for example mono- or poly-halogenated, up to the exchange of all H-atoms by halogen.
  • Examples are chloromethyl, trichloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl or 2-bromopropyl, especially trifluoromethyl or trichloromethyl.
  • C 3 -C 12 Cycloalkyl is for example cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, cyclo-dodecyl, especially cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, preferably cyclohexyl.
  • Cycloalkyl in the context of the present application is to be understood as alkyl which at least comprises one ring.
  • cyclopropyl, methyl-cyclopentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methyl- or dimethylcyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, especially cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, pref- erably cyclohexyl are also meant.
  • Further examples are structures like -CH 2 V ⁇ ,
  • terns e.g. /£o* ⁇ , . etc. are also meant to be coverd by the term.
  • C 3 -Ci 2 Cycloalkyl interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 has the meanings given above, wherein at least one CH 2 -group of the alkyl is exchanged by either O, CO or NR 14 .
  • Examples are structures like
  • Phenyl-C- ⁇ -C 4 alkyl is for example benzyl, phenylethyl, ⁇ -methyl benzyl, phenylbutyl, phenyl- propyl or ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl, especially benzyl.
  • Substituted phenyl-C- ⁇ -C 4 alkyl is substituted one to four times, for example once, twice or three times, especially twice or three times, preferably on the phenyl ring.
  • C 2 -C-i 2 alkenyl radicals are mono or polyunsaturated, linear or branched and are for example C 2 -C 8 -, C 2 -C 6 -, C 2 -C 5 - or C 2 -C 4 alkenyl.
  • Examples are allyl, methallyl, vinyl, 1 ,1-dimethylallyl, 1-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1 ,3-pentadienyl, 5-hexenyl or 7-octenyl, especially allyl or vi- nyl.
  • C 4 -C 8 cycloalkenyl has one or more double bonds and is for example C 4 -C 6 cycloalkenyl or C 6 -C 8 -cycloalkenyl.
  • Examples are cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclooctenyl, especially cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl, preferably cyclohexenyl.
  • C 2 -C 12 alkinyl radicals are mono or polyunsaturated, linear or branched and are for example C 2 -Ce-, C 2 -C 6 - or C 2 -C 4 alkinyl.
  • CrC 2 oalkylphenyl corresponds to phenyl that is substituted once or more times by alkyl at the phenyl ring and is for example CrC 12 alkyl-, CrC 8 alkyl- or CrC 4 alkylphenyl, wherein the number of the alkyl corresponds to the total number of all C-atoms in all alkyl-subtstituents at the phenyl ring. Examples are tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, ethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, in particular tolyl and mesityl.
  • CrC 20 alkoxy is linear or branched and is for example C 1 -C 18 -, C 1 -C 16 -, C 1 -C 12 -, C 1 -C 8 -, C 1 -C 6 - or CrC 4 -alkoxy.
  • Examples are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butyloxy, sec-butyloxy, iso-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, 2,4,4-trimethylpen- tyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, octyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, hexadecyloxy, octadecyloxy or icosyloxy, in particular methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butyloxy, sec-butyloxy, iso-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy, especially methoxy.
  • CrCi 2 alkylsulfanyl is Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, which at the "yl" moiety bears one-S-atom.
  • d-C ⁇ alkyl has the same meanings as given above for Ci-C 2 oalkyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms.
  • CrC ⁇ alkylsulfanyl is linear or branched, for example, methylsulfanyl, ethylsulfanyl, propylsulfanyl, isopropylsulfanyl, n-butylsulfanyl, sec-butylsulfanyl, isobutylsulfanyl, tert-butyl- sulfanyl
  • C 3 -C 6 alkenoxy radicals are mono or polyunsaturated and are for example allyloxy, methal- lyloxy, butenyloxy, pentenoxy, 1 ,3-pentadienyloxy, 5-hexenyloxy.
  • CrC 20 alkylcarbonyl corresponds to CrC 2 oalkanoyl and is linear or branched and is, for example, C1-C18-, Ci-Ci 4 -, C1-C12-, CrC 8 -, C 2 -C 8 -, CrC 6 - or Ci-C 4 alkanoyl or C 4 -Ci 2 - or C 4 -C 8 alkanoyl.
  • Examples are formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, isobutanoyl, pentanoyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, nonanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, penta- decanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, icosanoyl, preferably acetyl.
  • C 2 -C 8 alkanoyl, C 2 -C6alkanoyl and C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl have the same meanings as given above for C 2 -C 2 oalkanoyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms.
  • CrCealkenoyl radicals are mono or polyunsaturated and are for example propenoyl, 2-methyl-propenoyl, butenoyl, pentenoyl, 1 ,3-pentadienoyl, 5-hexenoyl.
  • CrCiocycloalkylcarbonyl corresponds to cycloalkyl as defined above , wherein the "yl" is at-
  • Examples are cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl , ( - C C-
  • CrCiocycloalkylcarbonyl interrupted by O or NRi 4 corresponds to CrCiocycloalkylcarbonyl as defined above, wherein at least one CH 2 -group of the alkyl is replaced by O or NRi 4 .
  • C 2 -Ci 2 alkoxycarbonyl is a linear or branched and is, for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy- carbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, isobutyloxycarbonyl, 1 ,1 -dimethylpropoxycar- bonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, nonyloxy- carbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl or dodecyloxycarbonyl, especially methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycar- bonyl, propoxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl or iso-butyloxycarbonyl, preferably methoxycar- bonyl.
  • C 2 -C 6 alkoxycai"bonyl and C 2 -C 4 alkoxycarbonyl have the same meanings as given above for C 2 -Ci 2 alkoxycarbonyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms.
  • C 2 -Ci 2 alkoxycarbonyl which is interrupted by one or more -O- is linear or branched. The number of atoms is from 1 to 5, for example 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 or 2.
  • Two O-atoms are separated by at least two methylene groups, namely ethylene.
  • Substituted phenoxycarbonyl and naphthyloxycarbonyl radicals are substituted one to four times, for example one, two or three times, especially two or three times.
  • Substituents on the phenyl ring are preferably in positions 4 or in 3,4-, 3,4,5-, 2,6-, 2,4- or 2,4,6-configuration on the phenyl ring, in particular in 4- or 3,4-configuration.
  • C3-Ciocycloalkyloxycarbonyl corresponds to cycloalkyl as defined above , wherein the "yl” is attached to a -O(CO)-moiety.
  • Examples are cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl,
  • C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyloxycarbonyl interrupted by O or NR 14 corresponds to radicals as defined above, wherein at least one CH 2 -group of the alkyl is replaced by O or NR 14 . Examples are
  • CrC ⁇ alkylene is linear or branched alkylene, for example methylene, ethylene, propylene, 1-methylethylene 1 ,1-dimethylethylene, butylene, 1-methylpropylene, 2-methyl-propylene, pentylene or hexylene.
  • C 2 -C 6 Alkenylene is mono- or polyunsaturated and is, for example, ethenylene, 1-propenylene, 1-butenylene, 3-butenylene, 2-butenylene, 1 ,3-pentadienylene or 5-hexenylene.
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, especially fluorine, chlorine and bromine, preferably fluorine and chlorine.
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Re, R'e, Rg, or R' 9 as (CO)Ri 5 , SR i0 , ORn , SORi 0 , SO 2 Ri 0 or NRi 2 Ri 3 form a 5- or 6-membered ring via the radiacals Ri 0 , Rn, Ri 2 , Ri 3 or Ri 5 with further substituents at the phenyl ring or with a C-atom of the phenyl ring, for example the following structures of the
  • R' 3 , R 4 , R" 3 , R" 4 may occupy the position(s) of the corresponding phenyl ring ortho to the N-atom, i.e. the position where M 3 is located in formual I.
  • R 3 and R 4 , R' 3 and R 4 , R" 3 and R" 4 or R 6 and R' 6 together are CrC 6 alkylene or C 2 -C 6 alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached, wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is substituted, the oxime group is for example attached to either ring, e.g. R 1 -C o N or etc., wherein the bicyclic ring
  • bicyclic ring system optionally has further substituents as defined above, or wherein said bicyclic ring system is for example fused with further aromatic or hetereoaromatic rings, for example:
  • R' 3 and R' 4 for example may form a bicyclic ring by using the position of M 1 at the phenyl ring (as described above), resulting for example in structures like
  • M 1 , M 2 , M 3 , M 4 and/or M 5 defined as "no bond”.
  • R 10 is phenyl or naphtyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SR 10 is attached via a direct bond, CrC 4 alkylene, O, S, NR 14 or CO, wherein said phenyl or naphthyl is unsubstituted or substituted for example compounds with structures of the following
  • LX JL ⁇ ⁇ XX s ⁇ etc-i wnere i n tne phenyl or naphthyl optionally is fur- ther substituted.
  • R- I2 and R 13 independently of each other are C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR 12 R 13 is attached, for examples structures of the follwing kind are defined ,
  • C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NR 14 : ⁇
  • Ri 2 and R 1 3 independently of one another are phenyl which is attached via a direct bond to the phenyl ring on which the NR 12 Ri3 is for example compounds comprising the following
  • R 12 and Ri3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring which optionally is interrupted by O, N or NR 14 , saturated or unsaturated rings are formed, for example aziridine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, imidazole, triazole, oxazole, pyridine, 1 ,3-diazine, 1 ,2-diazine, piperidine or morpholine.
  • R 12 and R 13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system
  • said ring system is meant to comprise more than one ring, e.g. two or three rings, as well as one or more than one heteroatoms, from the same kind or different ones.
  • Suitable heteroatoms are for example, N, S, O or P, in particular N, S or O. Examples are, carbazole, indole, isoindole, indazole, purine, isoquinoline, quinoline, carboline, phenothiazine etc..
  • R- I 6 and R 17 together with N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally is interrupted by O, S or NR 14 , saturated or unsaturated rings are formed, for example aziridine, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrrolidine, oxazole, pyridine, 1 ,3-diazine, 1 ,2-diazine, piperidine or morpholine.
  • R 16 and R 17 independently of one another are C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR 16 R 17 is attached, wherein said C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NR 15 , and to which C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed structures of
  • Ri 2 and Ri 3 or R 2 , R' 2 , R" 2 , R'" 2 or other "R"-substituents are subject of more than one group in the same molecule of the formula I or II, their meanings may differ for each of said groups, however obviously only in the range of the given definitions.
  • the oxime group preferably is positioned para to the N-atom:
  • R particular interesting therefore are compounds, wherein both, the oxime group and the group -(CO)R" 2 are in the p-position to the N-atom at the respective phenyl ring:
  • the oxime group preferably is positioned para to either M 4
  • M 4 is for example is a direct bond, CR" 3 R" 4 , CS, O, S, SO or SO 2 .
  • M 4 is a direct bond, CR" 3 R" 4 , O, S, SO or SO 2 ; or is a direct bond, CR" 3 R" 4 , O or S; or is CO,
  • M 2 is for example a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO 2 or NR 14 , in particular a direct bond, and M 1 and M 3 are no bond.
  • M 1 is for example a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO 2 or NR 14 , in particular a direct bond, and M 2 and M 3 are no bond.
  • R" 2 is phenyl or phenyl substituted by CrC ⁇ alkyl and/or NR 12 R 13 .
  • R 12 and R 13 preferably together with the N-atom to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring system.
  • said ring system is a carbazole.
  • the compounds of the formula I are of the following C R, structure (Ix) ⁇ wnerein R i. R 'i. R 2. R'2, R3, R'3, R' 3, R4, R 4 , R" 4
  • R x is one or more hydrogen, C- ⁇ -C 12 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CN, NO 2 , SR 1 O, OR 11 , NR 12 R 13 or by C 3 -C- ⁇ ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; and R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are as defined above.
  • R" 2 is phenyl, optionally substituted, in particular by CrC 20 alkyl or NR 12 R 13 .
  • R x is one or more hydrogen, CrC 12 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CN, NO 2 , SR 10 , OR 11 , NR 12 R 13 or by C3-C- ⁇ ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; and R 1 O, R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are as defined above.
  • Another embodiment of the invention comprises compounds of the formula I, wherein M 1 is a
  • R 1 , R'-,, R 2 , R' 2 , R 3 , R' 3 , R" 3 , R 4 , R 4 , R" 4 are defined as
  • R x is one or more hydrogen, C- ⁇ -C 12 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CN, NO 2 , SR 1 O, OR 11 , NR 12 R 13 or by C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; and R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are as defined above.
  • R" 2 is unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, e.g. thienyl or furyl, both unsubstituted or substituted, e.g. by C- ⁇ -C 2 oalkyl, such as for example methyl or ethyl.
  • R 1 , R'-i and R"- ⁇ independently of one another for example are hydrogen, QrC ⁇ cycloalkyl,
  • Ci-C 20 alkyl Ci-C 20 alkyl
  • R 2 , R' 2 and R'" 2 for example independently of each other are CrC 20 alkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 2 and R' 2 are CrC 20 alkyl substituted by halogen, OR 11 COOR 11 , CONR 12 R 13 or phenyl; or R 2 and R' 2 unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl, in particular phenyl, or are phenyl or naphthyl, in particular phenyl, which is substituted by one or more CrC 12 alkyl, phenyl, halogen, SR 10 ,
  • R 2 and R' 2 are C 2 -C 20 alkanoyl, benzoyl, C 2 -C 12 alkoxycarbonyl or phenoxycarbonyl.
  • R 2 , R' 2 , R' 2 and R'" 2 independently of one another are CrC 2 oalkyl, unsubstituted phenyl or phenyl, which is substituted by one or more CrC ⁇ alkyl, SR 1 0, ORn or NR 12 Ri3.
  • R3, R 4 , R'3, R' 4 , R"3 and R' 4 (and accordingly also R 7 , R' 7 , Rs and R' ⁇ ) for example independently of one another are hydrogen, Ci-C 2 oalkyl halogen, Ci-C 2 oalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 , phenyl-CrC 4 alkyl or C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 3 , R 4 , R' 3 , R 4 , R" 3 and R" 4 (and accordingly also R 7 , R' 7 , Rs and R' 8 ) are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more SR 1 O, OR 11 or NR 12 R 13 ; or R 3 , R 4 , R' 3 , R' 4 , R" 3 and R" 4 are (CO)R 15 , SR
  • R 3 , R 4 , R' 3 , R' 4 , R" 3 and R' 4 are preferably for example independently of one another hydrogen, CrC 20 alkyl, (CO)R 15 , SR 10 , OR 11 or NR 12 R 13 .
  • Re and R' ⁇ for example independently of one another are hydrogen or CrC 20 alkyl, in particular hydrogen; or R 6 and R' ⁇ together are CrC ⁇ alkylene or C 2 -Cealkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached; provided that the group is attached to either ring of said
  • R 6 and R' 6 for example independently of one another are hydrogen or Ci-C 20 alkyl.
  • R 10 is preferably phenyl, or phenyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SRi 0 is attached via a direct bond, CrC 4 alkylene, O, S, NR 14 or CO, in particular via CO, wherein said phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Ci-C 2 oalkyl.
  • R 10 is phenyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SRi 0 is attached via a CO, a thioxanthyl group is formed.
  • Rn is for example Ci-C 2 oalkyl, phenyl-Ci-C 4 alkyl; C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which is interrupted by one or more O; or C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; preferably C- ⁇ -C 2 oalkyl or C 3 -C- ⁇ ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O.
  • R- I2 and R- 1 3 for example are hydrogen, Ci-C 2 oalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which is interrupted by O or NR 14 , C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR 14 ; or R 12 and R- 13 are phenyl or naphthyl, in particular phenyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more (CO)R 15 , NR 16 R 1Z , SR 10 , OR 11 or CrC 2 oalkyl; or R 12 and R 13 independently of each other are C 2 -C 5 alkylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR 12 R 13 is attached, wherein said C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NR 14 ; or R 12 and R 13 independently of one another are phenyl
  • R 12 and R 13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring which optionally is interrupted by O, N or NR 14 , in particular by O, and which ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC 2 oalkyl, SRi 0 , ORn, NR 16 Ri7
  • Ri 2 and Ri 3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, which heteroaromatic ring system is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Ci-C 20 alkyl, SRi 0 , ORn, NRi 6 Ri 7 or (CO)Ri 5 .
  • the unsubstituted or substituted heteroaromatic ring system preferably is unsubstituted or substituted carbazole or unsubstituted or substituted indole.
  • Ri 4 is for example hydrogen or Ci-C 2 oalkyl.
  • Ri 5 for example is CrC 2 oalkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkyl which interrupted by O or NRi 4 , or is phenyl or C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O; in particular d-C 2 oalkyl.
  • Ri 6 and Ri 7 independently of each other are for example hydrogen, CrC 2 oalkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl or phenyl; or
  • Ri6 and Ri 7 together with N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally is interrupted by O, S or NRi 4 ; or Ri6 and Ri 7 independently of one another are C 2 -C 5 alkylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NRi 6 Ri 7 is attached, wherein said C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NRi 4 , and to which C 2 -C 5 alkylene or C 2 -C 5 alkenylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed; preferably Ri 6 and Ri 7 are CrC 2 oalkyl or are C 2 -C 5 alkylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NRi 6 Ri 7 is attached, and to which C 2 -C 5 alky
  • Mi, M 2 and M 3 independently of one another are no bond or a direct bond; provided that at least one of Mi, M 2 or M 3 is a direct bond;
  • M 4 is a direct bond, CO or O
  • Ri and R'i are CrC 20 alkyl
  • R 2 and R' 2 are CrC 2 oalkyl, CrC 4 haloalkyl or phenyl which opionally is substituted by one or more CrC 20 alkyl, halogen, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl or NR i2 Ri 3 ;
  • R" 2 is phenyl which optionally is substituted by one or more Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, halogen,
  • M 5 is a direct bond
  • R 3 , R 4 , R' 3 , R 4 , R"3, R" 4 , Re, R'e, Rs, R's, Rg and R' 9 are hydrogen;
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R- 12 and R 1 3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system
  • Ri 4 is CrC 2 oalkyl; and R 1 8 is CrC 2 oalkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl or phenyl which optionally is substituted by one or more Ci-C 2 oalkyl, halogen or Ci-C 4 haloalkyl; and provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
  • R 1 and R'-i are C- ⁇ -C 2 oalkyl
  • R 2 and R' 2 are CrC 20 alkyl or phenyl which is substituted by NR 12 R 13 ;
  • R" 2 is phenyl which optionally is substituted by C- ⁇ -C 12 alkyl;
  • R 3 , R 4 , R' 3 , R 4 , R" 3 , R" 4 are hydrogen;
  • R 12 and R 13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, in particular a carbazole ring system; and provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
  • M 1 , M 2 and M 3 independently of one another are no bond or a direct bond; provided that at least one of M 1 , M 2 or M 3 is a direct bond; M 4 is a direct bond or CO; Y is S or NR 18 ; R 1 and R'-i are CrC 20 alkyl; CrC 20 alkoxy or phenyl;
  • R 2 and R' 2 independently of one another are unsubstituted CrC 20 alkyl, CrC 20 alkyl substituted by COOR 11 or CONR 12 R 13 ; C 2 -C 2 oalkanoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by OR 11 ; or is phenyl which is substituted by NR 12 R 13 ;
  • R" 2 is phenyl; phenyl which is substituted by one or more NR 12 R 13 , halogen, CrC 2 oalkyl, or by C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O; or R" 2 is heteroaryl, in particular thienyl and furyl, which optionally is substituted by alkyl;
  • M 5 is a direct bond
  • R 3 , R 4 , R' 3 , R 4 , R" 3 and R" 4 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen,
  • R 2 O -C N-O-C-R', , (CO)R 15 ; or R 3 and R 4 together are C 2 -C 6 alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached;
  • R 6 , R' 6l Rs and R' 8 are hydrogen
  • R 11 is CrC 20 alkyl
  • R 12 and R 13 independently of one another are CrC 2 oalkyl; or Ri 2 and Ri 3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, which heteroaromatic ring system is unsubstituted or substituted by
  • Ri 4 is CrC 2 oalkyl
  • R 15 is phenyl or heteroaryl each of which optionally is substituted by NR 12 Ri 3 or d-C 2 oalkyl;
  • R 18 is C-
  • Oxime esters of formula I or Il are prepared by methods described in the literature, for example by reaction of the corresponding oximes with an acyl halide, in particular a chloride, or an anhydride in an inert solvent such as for example f-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofurane (THF) or dimethylformamide in the presence of a base, for example triethylamine or pyridine, or in a basic solvent such as pyridine.
  • an acyl halide in particular a chloride
  • an anhydride such as for example f-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofurane (THF) or dimethylformamide
  • THF tetrahydrofurane
  • dimethylformamide dimethylformamide
  • R 1 , R'-i, R 2 , R" 2 , R 3 , R' 3 , R" 3 , R 4 , R' 4 , R" 4 , R 5 , Y, M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are as defined above, Hal means a halogen atom, in particular Cl.
  • R 1 preferably is methyl.
  • mixtures of compounds of the formula I or Il are obtained (via the differentiation Of R 1 and R'-i) said mixtures can be used as such in a photoinitiator application or may be separated by usual methods known in chemistry such for example cristallisation, chromatography etc., to obtain the oure compounds.
  • Subject of the invention therefore is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula I or Il by reacting an oxime compound of formula Ia or Na
  • R 2 , R" 2 , Y, M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are as defined above;
  • R3, R'3, R'3, R 4 , R 4 , R" 4 and R 5 are as defined above, wherein the groups
  • R' 2 and R'" 2 are as defined above; Z is hydrogen, COR 1 , COR' 1 or COR"i; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen; with an acyl halide or an anhydride of formula V or Vl
  • oximes required as starting materials can be obtained by a variety of methods described in standard chemistry textbooks (for instance in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience, 1992), or in specialized monographs, for example, S. R. Sandler & W. Karo, Organic functional group preparations, Vol. 3, Academic Press.
  • One of the most convenient methods is, for example, the reaction of aldehydes or ketones with hydroxylamine or its salt in solvents like dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethylacetamide (DMA), ⁇ /-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP), dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, ethyl acetate, tert-butyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, toluene, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and so on.
  • a mixture of these solvents is also suitable for the reaction.
  • a base such as sodium acetate or pyridine is added to control the pH of the reaction mixture.
  • the rate of the reaction is pH-dependent, and the base can be added at the beginning or continuously during the reaction.
  • Water may be added to the reaction mixture to dissolve the inorganic reagents.
  • Basic solvents such as pyridine can also be used as base and/or solvent or cosolvent.
  • the reaction temperature is generally from room temperature to the refluxing temperature of the mixture, usually about 20-120°C.
  • the carbonyl groups can be selectively transformed to the oximes by controlling the reaction temperature and by choice of the solvents because the reaction rate depends on those. Usually aldehydes are most reactive, followed by dialkylketones, alkylarylketones, and diarylketones are less reactive.
  • oximes Another convenient synthesis of oximes is the nitrosation of "active" methylene groups with nitrous acid or an alkyl nitrite.
  • alkaline conditions as described for example in Organic Syntheses coll. Vol. Vl (J. Wiley & Sons, New York, 1988), pp 199 and 840, and acidic conditions, as described, for example, in Organic Synthesis coll. vol V, pp 32 and 373, coll. vol. Ill, pp 191 and 513, coll. vol. II, pp. 202, 204 and 363, are suitable for the preparation of the oximes used as starting materials in the invention.
  • Nitrous acid is usually generated from sodium nitrite.
  • the alkyl nitrite can be for example methyl nitrite, ethyl nitrite, isopropyl nitrite, butyl nitrite, or isoamyl nitrite.
  • R "2, Y, M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are as defined above;
  • R3, R'3, R "3, R 4 , R 4 , R" 4 and R 5 are as defined above, wherein the groups
  • R' 2 and R'"2 are as defined above; to the corresponding oxime of the formula Ia or Na
  • R2, R'2, Y, M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are as defined above;
  • R3, R'3, R'3, R 4 , R 4 , R" 4 and R 5 are as defined above, wherein the groups
  • R' 2 and R'"2 are as defined in above;
  • Z is hydrogen, COR 1 , COR 1 ! or COR"! ; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen; by conventional methods; reacting said oxime compound of formula Ia or Na with an acyl halide or an anhydride of formula V or Vl
  • This invention relates to specific oxime ester compounds which have at least two oxime ester groups on the polyaromatic systems.
  • the precursors may often be polyketone compounds with the corresponding polyaromatic systems. Transformation of the ketones to the oximes can be done in a selective manner or with moderate selectivity. In the latter case, the final oxime ester product may be a mixture of more than one compound. Therefore, the invention also relates to such mixtures provided that at least one compound is included in the formula I or II, besides the configurational isomers as described above.
  • Another subject of the invention are the compounds of the formula Ia or Na
  • R 2 , R" 2 , Y, M 1 , M 2 , M 3 and M 4 are as defined above;
  • R3, R'3, R' 3, R 4 , R 4 , R" 4 and R 5 are as defined above, wherein the groups
  • R' 2 and R'" 2 are as defined above;
  • Z is hydrogen, COR 1 , COR' 1 or COR"i; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen, and provided that at least two groups comprising the radical Z are present in the molecule.
  • Another object of the invention is a photoinitiator mixture, comprising
  • M 1 , M 2 , M 3 , M 4 , Y, R 1 and R 2 are as defined above;
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R'3, R' 4 , R" 2 , R M 3, and R" 4 are as defined above, wherein the groups R I ' z O I l R I '", z O I l
  • Z is hydrogen, COR 1 , COR 1 ! or COR"! ;
  • R'i, R"i, R' 2 and R'" 2 are as defined above; provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
  • M 3 is a direct bond
  • R 1 , R'-i, R"i, R 2 , and R' 2 are as defined above;
  • R3, R'3, R'3, R 4 , R 4 and R" 4 are hydrogen
  • R" 2 is phenyl substituted by NR 12 R 13 ;
  • R 12 and R 13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, or a compound of the formula Il and a compound of the formula II', wherein M 4 is a direct bond;
  • R 1 , R'-i, R"i, R'" 2 , and R' 2 are as defined above; Y iS NR 18 ;
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by NR 12 Ri3 ;
  • R- I2 and R 1 3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system.
  • photoinitiator mixture as described above, in addition to the compound of the formula I or Il and formula I' or M' comprising a further oxime ester photoinitiator.
  • the ratio of the compounds of the formula I and I' or of the formula Il and II' in the mixture in principle is non-critical. Examples of suitable ratios of the compounds are from 90-98% / 10-2% or 50-90% / 50-10%.
  • Such mixtures as described above additionally may comprise oxime ester compounds similar to the ones of the present invention, however only bearing one oxime ester group.
  • oxime ester compounds similar to the ones of the present invention, however only bearing one oxime ester group.
  • Such compounds are for example disclosed in EP Patent Application No. 0511 1539.2, filed De- cember 1 , 2005, and hereby are incorporated by reference.
  • the compounds of the formula I and Il are suitable as radical photoinitiators.
  • Another subject of the present invention therefore is a photopolymerizable composition comprising
  • composition may comprise additionally to the photoinitiator or photoinitiator mixture (b) at least one further photoinitiator (c), and/or other additives (d).
  • the unsaturated compounds (a) may include one or more olefinic double bonds. They may be of low (monomeric) or high (oligomeric) molecular mass.
  • monomers containing a double bond are alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl (which optionally interrupted by O) or amino acrylates, or alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl (which optionally interrupted by O) or amino methacrylates, for example methyl, ethyl, butyl, 2-ethylhexyl or 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, tet- rahydrofurfuryl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate or ethyl methacrylate.
  • Silicone acrylates are also advantageous.
  • Other examples are acryloni- trile, acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-substituted (meth)acrylamides, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl ethers such as isobutyl vinyl ether, styrene, alkyl- and halostyrenes, N-vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride.
  • Examples of monomers containing two or more double bonds are the diacrylates of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, hexamethylene glycol or of bisphenol A, and 4,4'-bis(2-acryl-oyloxyethoxy)diphenylpropane, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate ortetraacrylate, vinyl acrylate, divinylbenzene, divinyl succinate, diallyl phthalate, tri- allyl phosphate, triallyl isocyanurate or tris(2-acryloylethyl) isocyanurate.
  • polyunsaturated compounds of relatively high molecular mass examples include acrylated epoxy resins, polyesters containing acrylate-, vinyl ether- or epoxy-groups, and also polyurethanes and polyethers.
  • unsaturated oligomers are unsaturated polyester resins, which are usually prepared from maleic acid, phthalic acid and one or more diols and have molecular weights of from about 500 to 3000.
  • oligomers which carry vinyl ether groups and of polymers as described in WO 90/01512.
  • copolymers of vinyl ether and maleic acid-functionaliz- ed monomers are also suitable.
  • Unsaturated oligomers of this kind can also be referred to as prepolymers.
  • esters of ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyols or polyepoxides are particularly suitable examples, and polymers having ethylenically unsaturated groups in the chain or in side groups, for example unsaturated polyesters, polyamides and polyurethanes and copolymers thereof, polymers and copolymers containing (meth)acrylic groups in side chains, and also mixtures of one or more such polymers.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, ita- conic acid, cinnamic acid, and unsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid or oleic acid.
  • Acrylic and methacrylic acid are preferred.
  • Suitable polyols are aromatic and, in particular, aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols. Examples of aromatic polyols are hydroquinone, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl, 2,2-di(4-hydroxyphenyl)- propane, and also novolaks and resols.
  • polyepoxides examples are those based on the abovementioned polyols, especially the aromatic polyols, and epichlorohydrin.
  • suitable polyols are polymers and copolymers containing hydroxyl groups in the polymer chain or in side groups, examples being polyvinyl alcohol and copolymers thereof or polyhydroxyalkyl methacrylates or copolymers thereof.
  • Further polyols which are suitable are oligoesters having hydroxyl end groups.
  • Examples of aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols are alkylenediols having preferably 2 to 12 C atoms, such as ethylene glycol, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butanediol, pen- tanediol, hexanediol, octanediol, dodecanediol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glcyol, polyethylene glycols having molecular weights of preferably from 200 to 1500, 1 ,3-cyclopen- tanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohexanediol, 1 ,4-dihydroxymethylcyclohexane, glycerol, tris- ( ⁇ -hydroxyethyl)amine, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropan
  • the polyols may be partially or completely esterified with one carboxylic acid or with different unsaturated carboxylic acids, and in partial esters the free hydroxyl groups may be modified, for example etherified or esterified with other carboxylic acids.
  • esters are: trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimeth-acry- late, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, tripentaerythritol octaacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipenta
  • amides of identical or different, unsaturated carboxylic acids with aromatic, cycloaliphatic and aliphatic polyamines having preferably 2 to 6, especially 2 to 4, amino groups are ethylenediamine, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propylenediamine, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butylenediamine, 1 ,5-pentylenediamine, 1 ,6-hexyle- nediamine, octylenediamine, dodecylenediamine, 1 ,4-diaminocyclohexane, isophoronediami- ne, phenylenediamine, bisphenylenediamine, di- ⁇ -aminoethyl ether, diethylenetriamine, tri- ethylenetetramine, di( ⁇ -aminoethoxy)- or di( ⁇ -aminopropoxy)ethane.
  • Suitable polyamines are polymers and copolymers, preferably with additional amino groups in the side chain, and oligoamides having amino end groups.
  • unsaturated amides are methylenebisacrylamide, 1 ,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, diethylenetriaminetrismethacryl- amide, bis(methacrylamidopropoxy)ethane, ⁇ -methacrylamidoethyl methacrylate and N- [( ⁇ -hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]acrylamide.
  • Suitable unsaturated polyesters and polyamides are derived, for example, from maleic acid and from diols or diamines. Some of the maleic acid can be replaced by other dicarboxylic acids. They can be used together with ethylenically unsaturated comonomers, for example styrene.
  • the polyesters and polyamides may also be derived from dicarboxylic acids and from ethylenically unsaturated diols or diamines, especially from those with relatively long chains of, for example 6 to 20 C atoms.
  • polyurethanes are those composed of saturated or unsaturated diisocyanates and of unsaturated or, respectively, saturated diols.
  • Polymers with (meth)acrylate groups in the side chain are likewise known. They may, for example, be reaction products of epoxy resins based on novolaks with (meth)acrylic acid, or may be homo- or copolymers of vinyl alcohol or hydroxyalkyl derivatives thereof which are esterified with (meth)acrylic acid, or may be homo- and copolymers of (meth)acrylates which are esterified with hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates.
  • Suitable polymers with acrylate or methacrylate groups in the side chains are, for example, solvent soluble or alkaline soluble polyimide precursors, for example poly(amic acid ester) compounds, having the photopolymerizable side groups either attached to the backbone or to the ester groups in the molecule, i.e. according to EP 624826.
  • solvent soluble or alkaline soluble polyimide precursors for example poly(amic acid ester) compounds, having the photopolymerizable side groups either attached to the backbone or to the ester groups in the molecule, i.e. according to EP 624826.
  • Such oligomers or poly- mers can be formulated with the new photoinitiators and optionally reactive diluents, like polyfunctional (meth)acrylates in order to prepare highly sensitive polyimide precursor resists.
  • the photopolymerizable compounds can be used alone or in any desired mixtures. It is prefer- red to use mixtures of polyol (meth)acrylates.
  • Examples of the component (a) are also polymers or oligomers having at least two ethyl- enically unsaturated groups and at least one carboxyl function within the molecule structure, such as a resin obtained by the reaction of a saturated or unsaturated polybasic acid anhydride with a product of the reaction of an epoxy compound and an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, for example, photosensitive compounds as described in JP 6-1638 and JP 10301276 and commercial products such as EB9696, UCB Chemicals; KAYARAD TCR1025, Nippon Kayaku Co. ,LTD., or an addition product formed between a carboxyl group-containing resin and an unsaturated compound having an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsatu rated double bond and an epoxy group (for example, ACA200M, Daicel Industries, Ltd.).
  • a mono- or multi-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, or mixtures of several of said compounds can be included in the above composition up to 70 % by weight based on the solid portion of the composition.
  • the unsaturated compounds (a) can also be used as a mixture with non-photopolymerizable, film-forming components. These may, for example, be physically drying polymers or solutions thereof in organic solvents, for instance nitrocellulose or cellulose acetobutyrate. They may also, however, be chemically and/or thermally curable (heat-curable) resins, examples being polyisocyanates, polyepoxides and melamine resins, as well as polyimide precursors. The use of heat-curable resins at the same time is important for use in systems known as hybrid systems, which in a first stage are photopolymerized and in a second stage are crosslinked by means of thermal aftertreatment.
  • non-photopolymerizable, film-forming components may, for example, be physically drying polymers or solutions thereof in organic solvents, for instance nitrocellulose or cellulose acetobutyrate. They may also, however, be chemically and/or thermally curable (heat-curable) resins, examples being polyisocyanates
  • the invention also provides compositions comprising as component (a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated photopolymerizable compound which is emulsified or dissolved in water.
  • component (a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated photopolymerizable compound which is emulsified or dissolved in water.
  • a prepolymer dispersion is understood as being a dispersion of water and at least one prepolymer dispersed therein.
  • the concentration of water in these systems is, for ex- ample, from 5 to 80% by weight, in particular from 30 to 60% by weight.
  • the concentration of the radiation-curable prepolymer or prepolymer mixture is, for example, from 95 to 20% by weight, in particular from 70 to 40% by weight.
  • the sum of the percentages given for water and prepolymer is in each case 100, with auxiliaries and additives being added in varying quantities depending on the intended use.
  • aqueous prepolymer dispersions of mono- or polyfunctional, ethylenically unsaturated prepolymers which are known per se, can be initiated by free radicals and have for example a content of from 0.01 to 1.0 mol of polymerizable double bonds per 100 g of pre- polymer and an average molecular weight of, for example, at least 400, in particular from 500 to 10O00.
  • Prepolymers with higher molecular weights may also be considered depending on the intended application.
  • Use is made, for example, of polyesters containing polymerizable C-C double bonds and having an acid number of not more than 10, of polyethers containing polymerizable C-C double bonds, of hydroxyl-containing reaction products of a polyepoxide, containing at least two epoxide groups per molecule, with at least one ⁇ , ⁇ -ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid, of polyurethane (meth)acrylates and of acrylic copolymers which contain ⁇ , ⁇ -ethylenically unsaturated acrylic radicals, as are described in EP 12339. Mixtures of these prepolymers can likewise be used.
  • polymerizable prepolymers described in EP 33896 which are thioether adducts of polymerizable prepolymers having an average molecular weight of at least 600, a carboxyl group content of from 0.2 to 15% and a content of from 0.01 to 0.8 mol of polymerizable C-C double bonds per 100 g of prepolymer.
  • thioether adducts of polymerizable prepolymers having an average molecular weight of at least 600, a carboxyl group content of from 0.2 to 15% and a content of from 0.01 to 0.8 mol of polymerizable C-C double bonds per 100 g of prepolymer.
  • Other suitable aqueous dispersions, based on specific alkyl (meth)acrylate polymers, are described in EP 41125, and suitable waterdispersible, radiation-curable prepolymers of urethane acrylates can be found in DE 2936039.
  • dispersion auxiliaries emulsifiers, antioxidants, e.g. 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6- t-butylphenol) or 2,6-di-t-butylphenol, light stabilizers, dyes, pigments, fillers, such as glass or alumina, for example talc, gypsum, silicic acid, rutile, carbon black, zinc oxide, iron oxides, reaction accelerators, levelling agents, lubricants, wetting agents, thickeners, flatting agents, antifoams and other auxiliaries customary in paint technology.
  • dispersion auxiliaries emulsifiers
  • antioxidants e.g. 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6- t-butylphenol) or 2,6-di-t-butylphenol
  • light stabilizers e.g. 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6- t-butylphenol) or 2,6-di-t-butylphenol
  • light stabilizers e
  • Suitable dispersion auxiliaries are water-soluble organic compounds which are of high molecular mass and contain polar groups, examples being polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinylpyrrolidone or cellulose ethers.
  • Emulsifiers which can be used are nonionic emulsifiers and, if desired, ionic emulsifiers as well. In certain cases it may be of advantage to use mixtures of two or more of the novel photoinitia- tors.
  • mixtures with known photoinitiators for example mixtures with camphor quinone; benzophenone, benzophenone derivatives, such as 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methyl- benzophenone, 2-methoxycarbonylbenzophenone 4,4'-bis(chloromethyl)benzophenone, 4- chlorobenzophenone, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxy-benzophenone, [4- (4-methylphenylthio)phenyl]-phenylmethanone, methyl-2-benzoylbenzoate, 3-methyl-4'- phenylbenzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethyl-4'-phenylbenzophenone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)ben- zophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone; ketal compounds, as for example
  • (2,4,6-trimethyl- benzoyl)diphenylphosphine oxide DAROCUR® TPO
  • bisacylphosphine oxides e.g. bis- (2,6-dimethoxy-benzoyl)-(2,4,4-trimethyl-pentyl)phosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)- phenylphosphine oxide (IRGACURE® 819), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-2,4-dipentoxyphenyl- phosphine oxide, trisacylphosphine oxides, halomethyltriazines, e.g.
  • ortho-chlorohexaphenyl-bisimidazole combined with 2-mercaptobenzthiazole, and 4,4'-bis- (diethylamino)benzophenone ferrocenium compounds, or titanocenes, e.g. bis(cyclo- pentadienyl)-bis(2,6-difluoro-3-pyrryl-phenyl)titanium (IRGACURE®784).
  • titanocenes e.g. bis(cyclo- pentadienyl)-bis(2,6-difluoro-3-pyrryl-phenyl)titanium (IRGACURE®784).
  • borate compounds can be used as coinitiators.
  • novel photoinitiator systems are employed in hybrid systems, use is made, in addition to the novel free-radical hardeners, of cationic photoinitiators, of peroxide compounds, such as benzoyl peroxide (other suitable peroxides are described in US Patent 4950581 column 19, lines 17-25), of aromatic sulfonium-, phosphonium- or iodonium salts as described for example in US4950581 , column 18, line 60 to column 19, line 10 or cyclopentadienyl- arene-iron(ll) complex salts, for example ( ⁇ 6 -iso-propylbenzene)( ⁇ 5 -cyclopentadienyl)iron(ll) hexafluorophosphate, as well as oxime sulfonic acid esters, as are, for example described in EP780729. Also pyridinium and (iso)quinolinium salts as described e.g. in EP497531 and EP 441232 may be used in
  • the new photoinitiators can be used also in the form of a dispersion or emulsion in water or aqueous solutions.
  • compositions comprising besides the compound of formula I or Il at least one ⁇ -aminoketone, in particular (4-methylthiobenzoyl)-1-methyl-1-morpholinoethane or (4-morpholinobenzoyl)-1-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-dimethylaminopropane.
  • the photopolymerizable compositions generally comprise 0.05 to 25 % by weight, preferably 0.01 to 10 % by weight, in particular 0.01 to 5 % by weight of the photoinitiator, or the photoinitiator mixture as described above, based on the solid composition.
  • the amount refers to the sum of all photoinitiators added, if mixtures of initiators are employed. Accordingly, the amount either refers to the photoinitiator or photoinitiator mixture (b) or the photoinitiators (b) +(c).
  • the photopolymerizable mixtures may include various additives (d).
  • thermal inhibitors which are intended to prevent premature po- lymerization, examples being hydroquinone, hydroquinone derivatives, p-methoxyphenol, ⁇ -naphthol or sterically hindered phenols, such as 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol
  • copper compounds such as copper naphthenate, stearate or octoate
  • phosphorus compounds for example triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, triethyl phosphite, triphenyl phosphite or tribenzyl phosphite, quaternary ammonium compounds, for example tetramethylammonium chloride or trimethylbenzylammonium chloride, or hydroxylamine derivatives, for example N
  • UV absorbers for example those of the hydroxyphenylben- zotriazole, hydroxyphenyl-benzophenone, oxalamide or hydroxyphenyl-s-triazine type. These compounds can be used individually or in mixtures, with or without sterically hindered amines (HALS).
  • HALS sterically hindered amines
  • UV absorbers and light stabilizers examples are UV absorbers and light stabilizers.
  • 2-(2'-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazoles for example 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzo- triazole, 2-(3',5'-di-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(5'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphen- yl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-(1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3',5'-di- tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphen- yl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3'-sec-butyl-5'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'- hydroxy-4'-octoxyphen
  • 2-Hydroxybenzophenones for example the 4-hydroxy-, 4-methoxy-, 4-octoxy-, 4-decyloxy-, 4-dodecyloxy-, 4-benzyloxy-, 4,2',4'-trihydroxy- and 2'-hydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxy derivative. 3.
  • Esters of substituted or unsubstituted benzoicacids for example 4-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, phenyl salicylate, octylphenyl salicylate, dibenzoylresorcinol, bis(4-tert-butylbenzoyl)re- sorcinol, benzoylresorcinol, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, hexadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, and 2-methyl-4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate.
  • Acrylates for example isooctyl or ethyl ⁇ -cyano- ⁇ , ⁇ -diphenyl acrylate, methyl ⁇ -carbo- methoxycinnamate, butyl or methyl ⁇ -cyano- ⁇ -methyl-p-methoxycinnamate, methyl ⁇ -car- boxymethoxy-p-methoxycinnamate and N-( ⁇ -carbomethoxy- ⁇ -cyanovinyl)-2-methylindoline.
  • Sterically hindered amines for example bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl) sebacate, bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl) succinate, bis(1 ,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl) sebacate, bis- (1 ,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl) n-butyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylmalonate, condensation product of 1-hydroxyethyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine and succinic acid, condensation product of N,N'-bis-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)hexa-methylenediamine and 4-tert-octylamino-2,6-dichloro-1 ,3,5-s-triazine, tris-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) nitrilotri- acetate,
  • Oxalamides for example 4,4'-dioctyloxyoxanilide, 2,2'-diethoxyoxanilide, 2,2'-dioctyl- oxy-5,5'-di-tert-butyloxanilide, 2,2'-didodecyloxy-5,5'di-tert-butyloxanilide, 2-ethoxy-2'-ethylox- anilide, N,N'-bis-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)oxalamide, 2-ethoxy-5-tert-butyl-2'-ethyloxanilide and its mixture with 2-ethoxy-2'-ethyl-5,4'-di-tert-butyloxanilide, mixtures of o- and p-methoxy- and of o- and p-ethoxy-disubstituted oxanilides.
  • Phosphites and phosphonites for example triphenyl phosphite, diphenyl alkyl phosphites, phenyl dialkyl phosphites, tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite, trilauryl phosphite, trioctadecyl phosphite, distearyl pentaerythrityl diphosphite, tris-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, diisodecyl pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-isodecyloxy pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-(
  • amines as component (d) for example triethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, ethyl-p-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-(dime- thylamino)ethyl benzoate, 2-ethylhexyl-p-dimethylaminobenzoate, octyl-para-N,N-dimethyl- aminobenzoate, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-methyl-para-toluidine or Michler's ketone.
  • the action of the amines can be intensified by the addition of aromatic ketones of the benzophenone type.
  • amines which can be used as oxygen scavengers are substituted N,N-dial- kylanilines, as are described in EP339841.
  • Other accelerators, coinitiators and autoxidizers are thiols, thioethers, disulfides, phosphonium salts, phosphine oxides or phosphines, as described, for example, in EP438123, in GB2180358 and in JP Kokai Hei 6-68309. It is further possible to add chain transfer agents which are customary in the art to the compositions according to the invention as component (d). Examples are mercaptans, amines and benzothiazol.
  • Photopolymerization can also be accelerated by adding further photosensitizers or coinitiators (as component (d)) which shift or broaden the spectral sensitivity.
  • photosensitizers or coinitiators as component (d)
  • these are, in particular, aromatic compounds, for example benzophenone and derivatives thereof, thioxanthone and derivatives thereof, anthraquinone and derivatives thereof, coumarin and phenothiazine and derivatives thereof, and also 3-(aroylmethylene)thiazolines, rhodanine, camphorquinone, but also eosine, rhodamine, erythrosine, xanthene, thioxanthene, acridine, e.g.
  • Benzophenones benzophenone, 4-phenyl benzophenone, 4-methoxy benzophenone, 4,4'-dimethoxy benzophenone, 4,4'-dimethyl benzophenone, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)- benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(methylethylamino)benzophen- one, 4,4'-bis(p-isopropylphenoxy)benzophenone, 4-methyl benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethyl- benzophenone, 4-(4-methylthiophenyl)-benzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxy benzo- phenone, methyl-2-benzoylbenzoate, 4-(2-hydroxyethylthio)-benzophenone, 4-(4-tolylthio)- benzophenone, 1-[4-(4-benzoy
  • a photopolymerizable composition comprising as further additive (d) a photosensitizer com- pound selected from the group consisting of benzophenone and its derivatives, thioxanthone and its derivatives, anthraquinone and its derivatives, or coumarin derivatives is preferred.
  • the curing process can be assisted by adding photosensitizers, in particular, in compositions which are pigmented (for example with titanium dioxide), and also by adding a component which under thermal conditions forms free radicals, for example an azo compound such as 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), a triazene, diazo sulfide, pentazadiene or a peroxy compound, for instance a hydroperoxide or peroxycarbonate, for example t-butyl hydroperoxide, as described for example in EP245639.
  • azo compound such as 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile)
  • a triazene diazo sulfide
  • pentazadiene for instance a hydroperoxide or peroxycarbonate, for example t-butyl hydroperoxide, as described for example in EP245639.
  • compositions according to the invention may comprise as further additive (d) a photore- ducable dye, e.g., xanthene-, benzoxanthene-, benzothioxanthene, thiazine-, pyronine-, por- phyrine- or acridine dyes, and/or trihalogenmethyl compounds which can be cleaved by irradiation.
  • a photore- ducable dye e.g., xanthene-, benzoxanthene-, benzothioxanthene, thiazine-, pyronine-, por- phyrine- or acridine dyes, and/or trihalogenmethyl compounds which can be cleaved by irradiation.
  • a photore- ducable dye e.g., xanthene-, benzoxanthene-, benzothioxanthene, thiazine-, pyronine-, por-
  • component (d) Further additives known in the art may be added as component (d), as for example flow improvers, adhesion promoters, such as vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane vinyltris- (2-methoxyethoxy)silane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-(2-amin- oethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltri- methoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltri- methoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-
  • Surfactants, optical brighteners, pigments, dyes, wetting agents, levelling assistants, dispersants, aggregation preventers, antioxidants or fillers are further examples for additives (d).
  • additives (d) In order to cure thick and pigmented coatings it is appropriate to add glass microspheres or pulverized glass fibres, as described for example in US 5013768.
  • the surface treatment reagents are, for example, surfactants, polymeric dispersants, general texture improving agents, pigment derivatives and mixtures thereof. It is especially preferred when the colorant composition according to the invention comprises at least one polymeric dispersant and/or at least pigment derivative.
  • Suitable surfactants include anionic surfactants such as alkylbenzene- or alkylnahtha- lene-sulfonates, alkylsulfosuccinates or naphthalene formaldehyde sulfonates; cationic surfactants including, for example, quaternary salts such as benzyl tributyl ammonium chloride; or nonionic or amphoteric surfactants such as polyoxyethylene surfactants and alkyl- or amido- propyl betaines, respectively.
  • Illustrative examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether and polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether and polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; polyethylene glycol diesters such as polyethylene glycol di- laurate and polyethylene glycol distearate; sorbitan fatty acid esters; fatty acid modified polyesters; tertiary amine modified polyurethanes; polyethyleneimines; those available under the trade names of KP (a product of Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd), Polyflow (a product of KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd), F-Top (a product of Tochem Products Co., Ltd), MEGAFAC (a product of Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), Fluorad (a product of Sumitomo 3M Ltd), As
  • surfactants may be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the surfactant is generally used in an amount of 50 parts or less by weight, preferably 0 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant composition.
  • Polymeric dispersants include high molecular weight polymers with pigment affinic groups. Examples are: statistical co-polymers comprised from, for instance, styrene derivatives, (meth)acrylates and (meth)acrylamides, and such statistical co-polymers modified by post modification; block co-polymers and/or comb polymers comprised from, for instance, styrene derivatives, (meth)acrylates and (meth)acrylamides, and such block co-polymers and/or comb polymers modified by post modification; polyethylenimines, which for instance is crafted with polyesters; polyamines, which for instance is crafted with polyesters; and many kinds of (modified) polyurethanes.
  • Polymeric dispersants may also be employed. Suitable polymeric dispersants are, for example, BYK's DISPERBYK® 101 , 1 15, 130, 140, 160, 161 , 162, 163, 164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171 , 180, 182, 2000, 2001 , 2020, 2050, 2090, 2091 , 2095, 2096, 2150, Ciba Specialty Chemicals' Ciba® EFKA® 4008, 4009, 4010, 4015, 4046, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4300, 4330, 4340, 4400, 4401 , 4402, 4403, 4406, 4500, 4510, 4520, 4530, 4540, 4550, 4560, Ajinomoto Fine Techno's PB®71 1 , 821 , 822, 823, 824, 827, Lubrizol's SOLSPERSE® 1320, 13940, 17000, 20000, 21000, 24000
  • Suitable texture improving agents are, for example, fatty acids such as stearic acid or behenic acid, and fatty amines such as laurylamine and stearylamine.
  • fatty alcohles or ethoxylated fatty alcohles polyols such as aliphatic 1 ,2-diols or epoxidized soy bean oil, waxes, resin acids and resin acid salts may be used for this purpose.
  • Suitable pigment derivatives are, for example, copper phthalocyanine derivatives such as Ciba Specialty Chemicals' Ciba® EFKA® 6745, Lubrizol's SOLSPERSE® 5000, 12000, BYK's SYNERGIST 2100 and azo derivatives such as Ciba® EFKA® 6750, SOLSPERSE® 22000 and SYNERGIST 2105.
  • the above mentioned dispersants and surfactants for pigments are for example employed in compositions of the present invention which are used as resist formulations, in particular in color filter formulations.
  • additive(s) (d) is made depending on the field of application and on properties required for this field.
  • the additives described above are customary in the art and accordingly are added in amounts which are usual in the respective application.
  • Binders (e) as well can be added to the novel compositions. This is particularly expedient when the photopolymerizable compounds are liquid or viscous substances.
  • the quantity of binder may, for example, be 2-98 %, preferably 5-95 % and especially 20-90 %, by weight relative to the overall solids content.
  • the choice of binder is made depending on the field of application and on properties required for this field, such as the capacity for development in aqueous and organic solvent systems, adhesion to substrates and sensitivity to oxygen.
  • binders are polymers having a molecular weight of about 2'0OO to 2'OOOOOO, preferably 3'0OO to 10OOOOO.
  • alkali developable binders are acrylic polymer having carboxylic acid function as a pendant group, such as conventionally known copolymers obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenic unsaturated carboxylic acid such as (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxypropyl (meth)acrylic acid ita- conic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and ⁇ -carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate, with one or more monomers selected from esters of (meth)acrylic acid, such as methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl
  • copolymers are copolymers of acrylates and methacrylates with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid and with styrene or substituted styrene, phenolic resins, for example novolak, (poly)hydroxystyrene, and copolymers of hydroxystyrene with alkyl acry- lates, acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid.
  • copolymers are copolymers of methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid, copolymers of methyl methacrylate/ethyl acrylate/methacrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/styrene, copolymers of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyethyl methacrylate, copolymers of methyl methacrylate/butyl methacrylate/ methacrylic acid/styrene, copolymers of methyl methacrylate/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyphenyl methacrylate.
  • solvent developable binder polymers are po- ly(alkyl methacrylates), poly(alkyl acrylates), poly(benzylmethacrylate-co-hydroxyethylmetha- crylate-co-methacrylic acid), poly(benzylmethacrylate-co-methacrylic acid); cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, such as cellulose acetate, cellulose acetobutyrate, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose; polyvinylbutyral, polyvinylformal, cyclized rubber, polyethers such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide and polytetrahydrofuran; polystyrene, polycarbonate, poly- urethane, chlorinated polyolefins, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride/vinylidene copolymers, copolymers of vinylidene chloride with acrylonitrile, methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate, polyvinyl acetate, copoly(
  • binder polymer (e) a copolymer of methacrylate and methacrylic acid.
  • polymeric binder components as described e.g. in JP 10-1711 19-A, in particular for use in color filters.
  • the photopolymerizable compositions can be used for various purposes, for example as printing ink, e.g. screen printing inks, inks for offset- or flexo printing, as a clear finish, as a white or colored finish, for example for wood or metal, as powder coating, as a coating material, inter alia for paper, wood, metal or plastic, as a daylight-curable coating for the marking of buildings and roadmarking, for photographic reproduction techniques, for holographic recording materials, for image recording techniques or to produce printing plates which can be developed with organic solvents or with aqueous alkalis, for producing masks for screen printing, as dental filling compositions, as adhesives, as pressure-sensitive adhesives, as laminating resins, as etch resists, solder resists, electroplating resists, or permanent resists, both liquid and dry films, as photostructurable dielectric, for printed circuit boards and electronic circuits, as resists to manufacture color filters for a variety of display applications or to generate structures in the manufacturing process of plasma-display panels and electro
  • compositions according to the invention are further suitable for the production of medical equipment, auxiliaries or implants. Further, the compositions according to the invention are suitable for the preparation of gels with thermotropic properties, as for example described in DE19700064 and EP678534.
  • novel photoinitiators may additionally be employed as initiators for emulsion polymerizations, pearl polymerizations or suspension polymerizations, as polymerization initiators for fixing ordered states of liquid-crystalline monomers and oligomers, or as initiators for fixing dyes on organic materials.
  • polyunsaturated monomers which may additionally include a monounsaturated monomer as well. It is the prepolymer here which primarily dictates the properties of the coating film, and by varying it the skilled worker is able to influence the properties of the cured film.
  • the polyunsaturated monomer functions as a crosslinking agent which renders the film insoluble.
  • the mono- unsaturated monomer functions as a reactive diluent, which is used to reduce the viscosity without the need to employ a solvent.
  • Unsaturated polyester resins are usually used in two-component systems together with a monounsaturated monomer, preferably with styrene.
  • a monounsaturated monomer preferably with styrene.
  • specific one-compo- nent systems are often used, for example polymaleimides, polychalcones or polyimides, as described in DE 2308830.
  • the novel photoinitiators and mixtures thereof can also be used for the polymerization of ra- diation-curable powder coatings.
  • the powder coatings can be based on solid resins and monomers containing reactive double bonds, for example maleates, vinyl ethers, acrylates, acrylamides and mixtures thereof.
  • a free-radically UV-curable powder coating can be formulated by mixing unsaturated polyester resins with solid acrylamides (for example methyl methylacrylamidoglycolate) and a novel free-radical photoinitiator, such formulations being as described, for example, in the paper "Radiation Curing of Powder Coating", Conference Proceedings, Radtech Europe 1993 by M. Wittig and Th. Gohmann.
  • the powder coatings can also contain binders, as are described, for example, in DE 4228514 and in EP 636669.
  • Free-radically UV-curable powder coatings can also be formulated by mixing unsaturated polyester resins with solid acrylates, methacrylates or vinyl ethers and with a novel photoini- tiator (or photoinitiator mixture).
  • the powder coatings may also comprise binders as are described, for example, in DE 4228514 and in EP 636669.
  • the UV-curable powder coatings may additionally comprise white or coloured pigments. For example, preferably rutiletitanium dioxide can be employed in concentrations of up to 50% by weight in order to give a cured powder coating of good hiding power.
  • the procedure normally comprises electrostatic or tribostatic spraying of the powder onto the substrate, for example metal or wood, melting of the powder by heating, and, after a smooth film has formed, radiation-curing of the coating with ultraviolet and/or visible light, using for example medium-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps or xenon lamps.
  • a particular advantage of the radiation-curable powder coatings over their heat-curable counterparts is that the flow time after melting the powder particles can be delayed in order to ensure the formation of a smooth, high-gloss coating.
  • radiation-curable powder coatings can be formulated to melt at lower temperatures without the unwanted effect of shortening their lifetime. For this reason, they are also suitable as coatings for heat-sensitive substrates, for example wood or plastics.
  • the powder coating formulations may also include UV absorbers. Appropriate examples are listed above in sections 1.-8.
  • novel photocurable compositions are suitable, for example, as coating materials for substrates of all kinds, for example wood, textiles, paper, ceramics, glass, plastics such as polyesters, polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefins or cellulose acetate, especially in the form of films, and also metals such as Al, Cu, Ni, Fe, Zn, Mg or Co and GaAs, Si or SiO 2 to which it is intended to apply a protective layer or, by means of imagewise exposure, to generate an image.
  • substrates of all kinds for example wood, textiles, paper, ceramics, glass, plastics such as polyesters, polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefins or cellulose acetate, especially in the form of films, and also metals such as Al, Cu, Ni, Fe, Zn, Mg or Co and GaAs, Si or SiO 2 to which it is intended to apply a protective layer or, by means of imagewise exposure, to generate an image.
  • the novel radiation-sensitive compositions further find application as negative resists, having a very high sensitivity to light and being able to be developed in an aqueous alkaline medium without swelling. They are suitable for the production of printing forms for relief printing, planographic printing, photogravure or of screen printing forms, for the production of relief copies, for example for the production of texts in braille, for the production of stamps, for use in chemical milling or as a microresist in the production of integrated circuits.
  • the compositions further may be used as photopatternable dielectric layer or coating, encapsulating material and isolating coating in the production of computer chips, printed boards and other electric or electronic components.
  • the possible layer supports, and the processing conditions of the coating substrates, are just as varied.
  • the novel composition also relates to a photosensitive thermosetting resin composition and a method of forming a solder resist pattern by the use thereof, and more particularly relates to a novel photosensitive thermosetting resin composition useful as materials for the production of printed circuit boards, the precision fabrication of metallic articles, the etching of glass and stone articles, the relief of plastic articles, and the preparation of printing plates and particularly useful as a solder resist for printed circuit boards and to a method of forming a solder resist pattern by the steps of exposing a layer of the resin composition selectively to an actinic ray through a photomask having a pattern and developing the unexposed part of the layer.
  • the solder resist is a substance which is used during the soldering of a given part to a printed circuit board for the purpose of preventing molten solder from adhering to irrelevant portions and protecting circuits. It is, therefore, required to possess such properties as high adhesion, insulation resistance, resistance to soldering temperature, resistance to solvents, resistance to alkalis, resistance to acids, and resistance to plating.
  • the photocurable compositions according to the invention have a good thermal stability and are sufficiently resistant to inhibition by oxygen, they are particularly suitable for the production of color filters or color mosaic systems, such as described, for example, in EP 320 264.
  • Color filters usually are employed in the manufacturing of LCD's, projection systems and image sensors.
  • the color filters can be used, for example, for display and image scanner in television receivers, video monitors or computers, in flat panel display technology etc..
  • the color filters usually are prepared by forming red, green and blue pixels and a black matrix on a glass substrate.
  • photocurable compositions according to the invention can be employed.
  • a particularly preferred method of use comprises adding of the coloring matters, dyes and pigments of red, green and blue colors to the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, coating of the substrate with the composition, drying of the coating with a short heat treatment, patternwise exposure of the coating to actinic radiation and subsequent development of the pattern in an aqueous alkaline developer solution and optionally a heat treatment.
  • a red, green and blue pigmented coating in any desired order, on top of each other with this process a color filter layer with red, green and blue color pixels can be produced.
  • the development is carried out by washing out the areas which were not polymerized with a suitable alkali developing solution. This process is repeated to form the image having plural colors.
  • the above picture elements can be utilized as a light-shielding mask.
  • a position adjustment of a mask gets unnecessary and a concern on a position slippage thereof is removed.
  • the composition of the present invention is suitable for, for example, a forming material for a color filter.
  • the coloring matters, dyes and pigments of red, green and blue colors are added to the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and the processes for forming an image are repeated to form the picture elements of red, green and blue colors. Then, the light-sensitive resin composition to which, for example, the black coloring materials, dyes and pigments are added is provided on an overall face.
  • An overall exposure (or a partial exposure via a light-shielding mask) can be provided thereon to form the picture elements of a black color all over the spaces (or all but a partial region of the light-shielding mask) between the picture elements of red, green and blue colors.
  • the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used as well for a layer transfer material. That is, the light-sensitive resin composition is layer-wise provided directly on a temporary support, preferably on a polyethylene terephthalate film, or on a poly- ethylene terephthalate film on which an oxygen-shielding layer and a peeling layer or the peeling layer and the oxygen-shielding layer are provided. Usually, a removable cover sheet made of a synthetic resin is laminated thereon for a protection in handling. Further, there can be applied as well a layer structure in which an alkali soluble thermoplastic resin layer and an intermediate layer are provided on a temporary support and further a light-sensitive resin composition layer is provided thereon (JP 5-173320-A).
  • the above cover sheet is removed in use and the light-sensitive resin composition layer is laminated on a permanent support. Subsequently, peeling is carried out between those layer and a temporary support when an oxygen-shielding layer and a peeling layer are provided, between the peeling layer and the oxygen-shielding layer when the peeling layer and the oxygen-shielding layer are provided, and between the temporary support and the light-sensitive resin composition layer when either the peeling layer or the oxygen-shielding layer is not provided, and the temporary support is removed.
  • a metal support, glass, ceramics, and a synthetic resin film can be used as a support for a color filter. Glass and a synthetic resin film which is transparent and have an excellent dimension stability is particularly preferred.
  • the thickness of the light-sensitive resin composition layer is usually 0.1 to 50 micrometers, in particular 0.5 to 5 micrometers.
  • a diluted aqueous solution of an alkaline substance can be used as a developing solution for the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention if the composition contains alkali soluble resin or alkali soluble monomers or oligomers, and further a developer solution prepared by adding a small amount of a water-miscible organic solvent thereto is included as well.
  • alkaline materials include alkali metal hydroxides (for example, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide), alkali metal carbonates (for example, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate), alkali metal bicarbonates (for example, sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate), alkali metal silicates (for example, sodium silicate and potassium silicate), alkali metal metasilicates (for example, sodium metasilicate and potassium meta- silicate), triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, morpholine, tetraalkylammo- nium hydroxides (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide), or trisodium phosphate.
  • the concetration of the alkaline substance is 0.01 to 30 weight %, and pH is preferably 8 to 14.
  • Suitable organic solvents which are miscible with water include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethyleneglycol dimethyl ether, pro- pyleneglycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3-methoxy- propionate, n-butyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, epsilon-caprolactone, gamma-butylolactone, di- methylformamide, dimethylacetoamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, epsilon-
  • the concentration of the surface active agent is preferably 0.001 to 10 weight %.
  • the light sensitive resin composition of the present invention can also be developed with organic solvents, including blends of two or more solvents, not containing alkaline compounds.
  • Suitable solvents include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethyleneglycol dimethyl ether, propyleneglycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, epsilon-caprolactone, gamma-butylolactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, hexamethyl
  • the developer solution can be used in all forms known to the person skilled in the art, for example in form of a bath solution, puddle, or a spraying solution.
  • the methods such as rubbing with a rotary brush and rubbing with a wet sponge.
  • the temperature of the developing solution is preferably at and around room temperature to 40°C.
  • the developing time is changeable according to the specific kind of the light-sensitive resin composition, the alkalinity and temperature of the developing solution, and the kind and concentration of the organic solvent in the case where it is added. Usually, it is 10 seconds to 2 minutes. It is possible to put a rinsing step after the development processing.
  • a final heat treatment is preferably carried out after the development processing.
  • a support having a layer which is photopolymerized by exposing (hereinafter referred to as a photocured layer) is heated in an electric furnace and a drier, or the photocured layer is irradiated with an infrared lamp or heated on a hot plate.
  • the heating temperature and time depend on the composition used and the thickness of the formed layer. In general, heating is preferably applied at about 120°C to about 250°C, for about 5 to about 60 minutes.
  • the pigment which can be comprised in the composition according to the present invention is preferably a processed pigment, for example a powdery or pasty product prepared by finely dispersing a pigment into at least one resin selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, maleic acid resin and ethyl cellulose resin.
  • the red pigment comprises, for example, an anthraquinone type pigment alone, a diketopy- rolopyrole type pigment alone, a mixture of them or a mixture consisting of at least one of them and a disazo type yellow pigment or an isoindoline type yellow pigment, in particular C. I. Pigment Red 177 alone, C. I. Pigment Red 254 alone, a mixture of C. I. Pigment Red 177 and C. I. Pigment Red 254 or a mixture consisting of at least one member of C. I. Pigment Red 177 and C. I. Pigment Red 254, and C. I. Pigment Yellow 83 or C. I.
  • Pigment Yellow 139 (“C.I.” refers to the Color Index, known to the person skilled in the art and publicly available). Further suitable examples for the pigment are C.I. Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 168, 176, 179, 180, 185, 202, 207, 209, 214, 222, 242, 244, 255, 264, 272 and C.I. Pigment Yellow 12, 13, 14, 17, 20, 24, 31 , 53, 55, 93, 95, 109, 1 10, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 153, 154,155, 166, 168, 185, 199, 213 and C.I. Pigment Orange 43. Examples of the dyes for red color are C. I.
  • the Red dyes can be used in combination with yellow and/or orange dyes.
  • the green pigment comprises for instance a halogenated phthalocyanine type pigment alone or its mixture with a disazo type yellow pigment, an quinophthalone type yellow pigment or a metal complex, in particular C. I. Pigment Green 7 alone, C. I. Pigment Green 36 alone, or a mixture consisting of at least one member of C. I. Pigment Green 7, C. I. Pigment Green 36 and C. I. Pigment Yellow 83, C. I. Pigment Yellow 138 or C. I. Pigment Yellow 150.
  • Other suitable green pigments are C.I. Pigment Green 15, 25 and 37. Examples for suitable green dyes are C. I. Acid Green 3, 9, 16, C. I. Basic Green 1 and 4.
  • suitable blue pigments are phthalocyanine type pigments, used either alone or in combination with an dioxazine type violet pigment, for instance, C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 alone, a combination of C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and C. I. Pigment Violet 23. Further examples for blue pigments are such of C. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, 15:4, 16, 22, 28 and 60. Other suitable pigments are C. I. Pigment Violet 14,19, 23, 29, 32, 37, 177 and C. I. Orange 73. Examples for suitable blue dyes are C. I. Solvent Blue 25, 49, 68, 78, 94, C. I. Direct Blue 25, 86, 90, 108, C. I. Acid Blue 1 , 7, 9, 15, 103, 104, 158, 161 , C. I. Basic Blue 1 , 3, 9, 25, and C. I. Disperse Blue 198.
  • the pigment of the photopolymeric composition for black matrix preferably comprises at least one member selected from the group consisting of carbon black, titanium black and iron oxide.
  • a mixture of other pigments which, in total, give the black appearance can also be used.
  • C. I. Pigment Black 1 , 7 and 31 can be used alone or in combination.
  • dyes used for color filter are C. I. Solvent Yellow 2, 5, 14, 15, 16, 19, 21 , 33, 56, 62, 77, 83, 93, 162, 104, 105, 1 14, 129, 130, 162, C. I. Disperse Yellow 3, 4, 7, 31 , 54, 61 , 201 , C. I. Direct Yellow 1 , 1 1 , 12, 28, C l. Acid Yellow 1 , 3, 11 , 17, 23, 38, 40, 42, 76, 98, C. I. Basic Yellow 1 , C l. Solvent Violet 13, 33, 45, 46, C. I. Disperse Violet 22, 24, 26, 28, C. I. Acid Violet 49, C. I. Basic Violet 2, 7, 10, C. I.
  • Solvent Orange 1 1, 2, 5, 6, 37, 45, 62, 99, C. I. Acid Orange 1 , 7, 8, 10, 20, 24, 28, 33, 56, 74, C. I. Direct Orange 1 , C l. Disperse Orange 5, C I. Direct Brown 6, 58, 95, 101 , 173, C I. Acid Brown 14, C I. Solvent Black 3, 5, 7, 27, 28, 29, 35, 45 and 46.
  • color filters complementary colors, yellow, magenta, cyan and optionally green, are used instead of red, green and blue.
  • yellow for this type of color filters, the abovementioned yellow pigments and dyes can be employed.
  • the colorants suitable for magenta color are C I. Pigment Red 122, 144, 146, 169, 177, C I. Pigment Violet 19 and 23.
  • cyan color are aluminum phthalocyanine pigments, titanium phthalocyanine pigments, cobalt phthalocyanine pigments, and tin phthalocyanine pigments.
  • any color combinations of more than two pigments can also be used.
  • powdery processed pigments prepared by finely dispersing the above mentioned pigments into a resin.
  • the concentration of the pigment in the total solid component is for example in the range of 5% to 80% by weight, in particular in the range of 20% to 45% by weight.
  • the pigments in the color filter resist composition have preferably a mean particle diameter smaller than the wavelength of visible light (400 nm to 700 nm). Particularly preferred is a mean pigment diameter of ⁇ 100 nm.
  • the pigments may be stabilized in the photosensitive composition by pretreat- ment of the pigments with a dispersant to improve the dispersion stability of the pigment in the liquid formulation. Suitable additives are described above.
  • the color filter resist composition according to the present invention contains additionally at least one addition polymerizable monomeric compound as component (a).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a) include one or more olefinic double bonds. They may be of low (monomeric) or high (oligomeric) molecular mass.
  • Examples of compounds containing a double bond are (meth)acrylic acid, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates, for example methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, isobornyl, benzyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, meth- oxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, glycerol, phenoxyethyl, methoxydiethylene glycol, ethoxydiethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, glycidyl, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl, and N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylates.
  • (meth)acrylonitrile (meth)- acrylamide, N-substituted (meth)acrylamides such as N, N-dimethyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-dibutyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butyl (meth)acrylamide, and N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl ethers such as isobutyl vinyl ether, styrene, alkyl-, hydroxy- and halostyrenes, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcaprolactam, N-vinylacetoamide, N-vinyl- formamide, vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride.
  • vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate
  • vinyl ethers such as isobutyl vinyl ether,
  • polyunsaturated compounds of relatively high molecular mass examples include polyesters, polyurethanes, polyethers and polyamides, which contain ethylenically unsaturated carboxylates.
  • esters of an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyol or polyepoxide are particularly suitable examples.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, ita- conic acid, cinnamic acid, and unsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid or oleic acid.
  • Acrylic and methacrylic acids are preferred.
  • Suitable polyols are aromatic, in particular, aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols.
  • aromatic polyols are hydroquinone, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4- hydroxyphenyl)fluorene, novolacs and resols.
  • aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols are alkylenediols having preferably 2 to 12 C atoms, such as ethylene glycol, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butanediol, pentanediol, hexanediol, octanediol, do- decanediol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glcyol, polyethylene glycols having molecular weights of preferably from 200 to 1500, 1 ,3-cyclopentanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclo- hexanediol, 1 ,4-dihydroxymethylcyclohexane, glycerol, triethanolamine, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol,
  • polystyrene resin examples include polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrene resin, polystyrenethacrylates.
  • esters and urethanes having hydroxyl end groups.
  • the polyols may be partially or completely esterified with one unsaturated carboxylic acid or with different unsaturated carboxylic acids, and in partial esters the free hydroxyl groups may be modified, for example etherified or esterified with other carboxylic acids.
  • esters based on polyols are trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(acryloyloxypropyl)ether, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di- (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetra- ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentae- rythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate monooxalate, dipentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(me
  • polyepoxides are those based on the abovementioned polyols and epichloro- hydrin.
  • Typical examples are bis(4-glycidyloxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-glycidyloxyphe- nyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-glycidyloxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-glycidyloxyphenyl)- fluorene, bis[4-(2-glycidyloxyethoxy)phenyl]methane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-glycidyloxyethoxy)phen- yl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-glycidyloxyethoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-glycidyl- oxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene, bis[4-(2-glycidyloxy
  • component (a) based on polyepoxides are 2,2-bis[4- ⁇ (2-hydroxy-3-acryl- oxy)propoxy ⁇ phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4- ⁇ (2-hydroxy-3-acryloxy)propoxyethoxy ⁇ phenyl]prop- ane, 9,9-bis[4- ⁇ (2-hydroxy-3-acryloxy)propoxy ⁇ phenyl]fluorene, 9,9-bis[4- ⁇ (2-hydroxy-3-acryl- oxy)propoxyethoxy ⁇ phenyl]fluorine, and reaction products of epoxy resins based on novolacs with (meth)acrylic acid.
  • Polyethers obtained from the reaction of the abovementioned polyols or polyepoxides with the unsaturated counpounds with a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl alcohol can also be used as component (a).
  • components (a) are the amides of identical or different, unsaturated carboxylic acids with aromatic, cycloaliphatic and aliphatic polyamines having preferably 2 to 6, especially
  • polyamines examples include ethylenediamine, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propylenediamine, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butylenediamine, 1 ,5-pentylenediamine, 1 ,6-hexyle- nediamine, octylenediamine, dodecylenediamine, 1 ,4-diaminocyclohexane, isophoronediami- ne, phenylenediamine, bisphenylenediamine, di- ⁇ -aminoethyl ether, diethylenetriamine, tri- ethylenetetramine, di( ⁇ -aminoethoxy)- or di( ⁇ -aminopropoxy)ethane.
  • Suitable poly- amines are polymers and copolymers, preferably with additional amino groups in the side chain, and oligoamides having amino end groups.
  • unsaturated amides are methylenebisacrylamide, 1 ,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, diethylenetriaminetrismethacryl- amide, bis(methacrylamidopropoxy)ethane, ⁇ -methacrylamidoethyl methacrylate and N[( ⁇ -hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]acrylamide.
  • unsaturated urethanes derived from a polyisocyanate and an unsaturated compound having a hydroxy group or from a polyisocyanate, a polyol and an unsaturated compound having a hydroxy group.
  • polyesters, polyamides, or polyurethanes having ethylenically unsaturated groups in the chain are also derived, for example, from maleic acid and diols or diamines. Some of the maleic acid can be replaced by other dicarboxylic acids.
  • the polyesters and polyamides may also be derived from dicarboxylic acids and ethylenically unsaturated diols or diamines, especially from those with relatively long chains of, for example 6 to 20 C atoms.
  • polyurethanes are those composed of saturated or unsaturated diisocyanates and of unsaturated or, respectively, saturated diols.
  • Suitable polymers with acrylate or methacrylate groups in the side chains are, for example, solvent soluble or alkaline soluble polyimide precursors, for example poly(amic acid ester) compounds, having the photopolymerizable side groups either attached to the backbone or to the ester groups in the molecule, i.e. according to EP624826.
  • solvent soluble or alkaline soluble polyimide precursors for example poly(amic acid ester) compounds, having the photopolymerizable side groups either attached to the backbone or to the ester groups in the molecule, i.e. according to EP624826.
  • Such oligomers or polymers can be formulated optionally with reactive diluents, like polyfunctional (meth)acrylates in order to prepare highly sensitive polyimide precursor resists.
  • component a) are also polymers or oligomers having at least one carboxyl function and at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups within the molecular structure, such as a resin obtained by the reaction of a saturated or unsaturated polybasic acid anhydride with a product of the reaction of phenol or cresol novolac epoxy resin and an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, for example, commercial products such as EB9696, UCB Chemicals; KAYARAD TCR1025, Nippon Kayaku Cc 1 LTD.
  • a resin obtained by the reaction of a saturated or unsaturated polybasic acid anhydride with a product of the reaction of phenol or cresol novolac epoxy resin and an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid for example, commercial products such as EB9696, UCB Chemicals; KAYARAD TCR1025, Nippon Kayaku Cc 1 LTD.
  • polybasic acid anhydride examples include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophathalic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, glutaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, diglycolic anhydride, iminodiacetic anhydride, 1 ,1-cyclopentanediacetic anhydride, 3,3-dimethylglutaric anhydride, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric anhydride, 2-phenylglutaric anhydride, homophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, benzophenone tetracar- boxylic acid dianhydride, biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, and biphenylether tetra- carboxylic acid
  • R 2 00 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 30 O and R 40 O independently of each other are hydrogen, methyl, Cl, or Br, M 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, x is 0 to 5, and y is 1 to 10.
  • component (a) examples of such compounds as component (a) are described in JP2002-206014A, JP2004-69754A, JP2004-302245A, JP2005-77451A, JP2005-316449A, JP2005-338328A and JP3754065B2.
  • Polymers or oligomers as abovementioned have for example a molecular weight of about 1 O00 to rOOO'OOO, preferably 2'0OO to 200'0OO and an acid value of about 10 to 200 mg KOH/g, preferably 20 to 180 mg KOH/g.
  • a preferred photopolymerizable composition comprises as component (a) a compound having at least two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and at least one carboxylic acid group in the molecule, in particular a reaction product obtained by adding an epoxy group containing unsaturated compound to a part of the carboxyl groups of a carboxylic acid group containing polymer or a reaction product of the compound shown below with one or more polybasic acid anhydrides.
  • Further preferred components (a) comprise a compound obtained from the reaction of a compound of the formula XIV with one or more polybasic acid anhydrides.
  • reaction products obtained by adding an epoxy group containing un- saturated compound to a part of the carboxyl groups of a carboxylic acid group containing polymer are reaction products obtained by adding an epoxy group containing un- saturated compound to a part of the carboxyl groups of a carboxylic acid group containing polymer.
  • the carboxylic acid containing polymer the abovementioned binder polymers which are resulting from the reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid compound with one or more polymerizable compounds, for example, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid, styrene and ⁇ -methystyrene, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid, N-phenylmaleimide, styrene and benzyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and
  • R 50 is hydrogen or methyl group
  • M 3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • compounds having alicyclic epoxy groups are particularly preferred, because these compounds have a high reactivity with carboxyl group-containing resins, accordingly the reaction time can be shortened. These compounds further do not cause gelation in the process of reaction and make it possible to carry out the reaction stably.
  • glycidyl acrylate and glycidyl methacrylate are advantageous from the viewpoint of sensitivity and heat resistance because they have a low molecular weight and can give a high conversion of esterification.
  • Unsaturated compounds having a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and glycerol mono(meth)acrylate can be used instead of the above mentioned epoxy group con- taining unsaturated compounds as the reactant for carboxylic acid group containing polymers.
  • half esters of anhydride containing polymers for example reaction products of a copolymer of maleic anhydride and one or more other polymerizable compounds with (meth)acrylates having an alcoholic hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate or having an epoxy group for example such as the compounds described in the formula (V- 1 ) - (V-15).
  • Reaction products of polymers having alcoholic hydroxy groups such as copolymers of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, benzy methacylate and styrene, with (meth)acrylic acid or (meth)acryl chloride can also be used as component (a).
  • reaction products of a polyester with terminal unsaturated groups which is obtained from the reaction of a dibasic acid anhydride and a compound having at least two epoxy groups followed by further reaction with an unsaturated compound, with a polybasic acid anhydride.
  • the photopolymerizable compounds can be used alone or in any desired mixtures.
  • the whole amount of the monomers contained in the photopolymerizable composition is preferably 5 to 80 % by weight, in particular 10 to 70 % by weight based on the whole solid contents of the composition, i.e. the amount of all components without the solvent(s).
  • the binder used in the color filter resist composition which is soluble in an alkaline aqueous solution and insoluble in water, for example, a homopolymer of a polymerizable compound having one or more acid groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the molecule, or a copolymer of two or more kinds thereof, and a copolymer of one or more po- lymerizable compounds having one or more unsaturated bonds copolymerizable with these compounds and containing no acid group, can be used.
  • Such compounds can be obtained by copolymerizing one or more kinds of a low molecular compound having one or more acid groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the molecule with one or more polymerizable compounds having one or more unsaturated bonds copolymerizable with these compounds and containing no acid group.
  • acids groups are, a -COOH group, a -SO3H group, a -SO 2 NHCO- group, a phenolic hydroxy group, a -SO 2 NH- group, and a -CO-NH-CO- group.
  • a high molecular compound having a -COOH group is particularly preferred.
  • the organic polymer binder in the color filter resist composition comprises an alkali soluble copolymer comprising, as addition polymerizable monomer units, at least an unsaturated organic acid compound such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and the like. It is preferred to use as a further co-monomer for the polymer binder an unsaturated organic acid ester compound such as methyl acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene and the like to balance properties such as alkaline solubility, adhesion rigidity, chemical resistance etc..
  • an unsaturated organic acid ester compound such as methyl acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene and the like to balance properties such as alkaline solubility, adhesion rigidity, chemical resistance etc.
  • the organic polymer binder can either be a random co-polymer or a block-co-polymer, for example, such as described in US 5368976.
  • Examples of polymerizable compounds having one or more acid group and one or more po- lymerizable unsaturated bond in the molecule include the following compounds:
  • Examples of the polymerizable compounds having one or more -COOH groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in a molecule are (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxypropyl (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] succinate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] adipate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] phthalate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] hexahydrophtha- late, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] maleate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl] succinate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl] adipate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl
  • Vinylbenzenesulfonic acid and 2-(meth)acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid are examples of the polymerizable compounds having one or more -SO 3 H groups and one or more poly- merizable unsaturated bonds.
  • N-methylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide, N-phenylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide, and N-(p-methylphenylsulfonyl) (meth)acrylamide are examples of the polymerizable compounds having one or more -SO 2 NHCO- groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds.
  • Examples of polymerizable compounds having one or more phenolic hydroxy groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in a molecule include hydroxyphenyl (meth)- acrylamide, dihydroxyphenyl (meth)acrylamide, hydroxyphenyl-carbonyloxyethyl (meth)acry- late, hydroxyphenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyphenylthioethyl (meth)acrylate, dihydrox- yphenylcarbonyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, dihydroxyphenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and dihydr- oxy-phenylthioethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound having one or more -SO 2 NH- groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the molecule include compounds represented by formula (a) or (b):
  • a 1 and A 4 each represents H or CH 3 ;
  • a 2 and A 5 each represents CrC 12 alkylene optionally having a substituent, cycloalkylene, arylene, or aralkylene, or C 2 -C 12 alkylene into which an ether group and a thio- ether group are inserted, cycloalkylene, arylene, or aralkylene;
  • a 3 and A 6 each represents H, C- ⁇ -C 12 alkyl optionally having a substituent, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group; and
  • a 7 represents H, CrC 12 alky
  • the polymerizable compounds having one or more -CO-NH-CO- group and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bond include maleimide and N-acryloyl-acrylamide. These polymeriz- able compounds become the high molecular compounds comprising a -CO-NH-CO- group, in which a ring is formed together with a primary chain by polymerization. Further, a methacrylic acid derivative and an acrylic acid derivative each having a -CO-NH-CO- group can be used as well.
  • Such methacrylic acid derivatives and the acrylic acid derivatives include, for example, a methacrylamide derivative such as N-acetylmethacrylamide, N-propionylmethacrylamide, N-butanoylmethacrylamide, N-pentanoylmethacrylamide, N-decanoylmethacrylamide, N-do- decanoylmethacrylamide, N-benzoylmethacrylamide, N-(p-methylbenzoyl)methacryl-amide, N-(p-chlorobenzoyl)methacrylamide, N-(naphthyl-carbonyl)methacrylamide, N-(phenylacet- yl)-methacryl-amide, and 4-methacryloylaminophthalimide, and an acrylamide derivative having the same substituent as these.
  • These polymerizable compounds polymerize to be compounds having a -CO-NH-CO- group in a side chain.
  • polymerizable compounds having one or more polymerizable unsaturated bond and containing no acid group include a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond, selected from esters of (meth)acrylic acid, such as methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol mono(meth)acrylate, dihydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, meth- oxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, meth
  • copolymers are copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate/, ethyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and styrene, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)ac- rylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate/, butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and styrene, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, (metha)crylic acid and hydroxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of methyl (meth
  • (meth)acrylate in the context of the present application is meant to refer to the acrylate as well as to the corresponding methacrylate.
  • hydroxystyrene homo- or co-polymers or a novolak type phenol resin for example, poly(hydroxystyrene) and poly(hydroxystyrene-co-vinylcyclohexanol), a novolak resin, a cresol novolak resin, and a halogenated phenol novolak resin.
  • the methacrylic acid copolymers includes, for example, the methacrylic acid copolymers, the acrylic acid copolymers, the itaconic acid copoymers, the crotonic acid copolymers, the maleic anhydride co-polymers, for example, with styrene as a co-monomer, and maleic acid copolymers, and partially es- terified maleic acid copolymers each described in, for example, JP 59-44615-B4 (the term "JP-B4" as used herein refers to an examined Japanese patent publication), JP 54-34327-B4, JP 58-12577-B4, and JP 54-25957-B4, JP 59-53836-A, JP 59-71048-A, JP 60-159743-A, JP 60-258539-A, JP 1-152449-A, JP 2-199403-A, and JP 2-199404-A, and which copolymers can be further
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the binders is preferably 500 to 10OOOOO, e.g. 3'0OO to rOOO'OOO, more preferably 5'0OO to 400O00. These compounds may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • the content of the binder in the light-sensitive resin composition is preferably 10 to 95 weight %, more preferably 15 to 90 weight % based on the whole solid matters.
  • the total solid component of each color may contain an ionic impurity-scavenger, e.g. an organic compound having an epoxy group.
  • concentration of the ionic impurity scavenger in the total solid component generally is in the range from 0.1 % by weight to 10% by weight.
  • compositions according to this invention can comprise additionally a crosslinking agent which is activated by an acid, for example as described in JP 10 221843-A, and a compound which generates acid thermally or by actinic radiation and which activates a crosslinking reaction.
  • the compositions according to this invention can also comprise latent pigments which are transformed into finely dispersed pigments during the heat treatment of the latent pigment containing photosensitive pattern or coating. The heat treatment can be performed after exposure or after development of the latent pigment-containing photoimageable layer.
  • latent pigments are soluble pigment precursors which can be transformed into insoluble pigments by means of chemical, thermal, photolytic or radiation induced methods as described, for exam- pie, in US5879855.
  • a color filter resist can also be prepared, which comprises a latent pigment in a composition according to this invention.
  • the photoinitiators of the present invention can be used in color filter resists, for example, such as those given as examples above, or can partially or fully replace the known photoinitiators in such resists.
  • the use of the new photoinitiators of the present invention is not limited to the specific binder resins, crosslinkers and formulations of the color filter resist examples given hereinbefore but can be used in conjunction with any radically polymerizable component in combination with a dye or color pigment or latent pigment to form a photosensitive color filter ink or color filter resist.
  • subject of the invention also is a color filter prepared by providing red, green and blue (RGB) colour elements and, optionally a black matrix, all comprising a photosensitive resin and a pigment on a transparent substrate and providing a transparent electrode either on the surface of the substrate or on the surface of the color filter layer, wherein said photosen- sitive resin comprises a polyfunctional acrylate monomer, an organic polymer binder and a photopolymerization initiator of formula I or Il as described above.
  • the monomer and binder components, as well as suitable pigments are as described above.
  • the transparent electrode layer can either be applied on the surface of the transparent substrate or can be provided on the surface of the red, green and blue picture elements and the black matrix.
  • the transparent substrate is for example a glass substrate which can additionally have an electrode layer on its surface.
  • an inorganic black matrix can be formed from deposited (i.e. sputtered) metal (i.e. chromium) film on the transparent substrate by a suitable imaging process, for example utilizing photolithographic patterning by means of an etch resist, etching the inorganic layer in the areas not protected by the etch resist and then removing the remaining etch resist.
  • a suitable imaging process for example utilizing photolithographic patterning by means of an etch resist, etching the inorganic layer in the areas not protected by the etch resist and then removing the remaining etch resist.
  • RGB red, green and blue
  • the black matrix can also be applied on the substrate opposite to the RGB color filter element-carrying substrate, which is separated from the former by a liquid crystal layer.
  • an additional overcoat film as aprotective layer can be applied on the color filter layer prior to deposition of the electrode layer, for example, as described in US 5650263.
  • photosensitive resin or thermosetting resin compositions are employed.
  • the photosensitive composition of the present invention can also be used to form such overcoat layers, because a cured film of the composition is excellent in flatness, hardness, chemical and thermal resistance, transparency especially in a visible region, adhesion to a substrate, and suitability for forming a transparent conductive film, e.g., an ITO film, thereon.
  • a protective layer there has been a demand that unnecessary parts of the protective layer, for example on scribing lines for cutting the substrate and on bonding pads of solid image sensors should be removed from the substrate as described in JP57-42009-A, JP1-130103-A and JP1-134306-A. In this regard, it is difficult to selectively form a protective layer with good precision using the above-mentioned thermoset- ting resins.
  • the photosensitive composition allows to easily remove the unnecessary parts of the protective layer by photolithography.
  • the photosensitive compositions of the present invention can be used for generating red, green and blue color pixels and a black matrix, for the manufacture of a color filter, regardless of the above described differences in processing, regardless, of additional layers which can be applied and regardless of differences in the design of the color filter.
  • the use of a composition according to the present invention to form colored elements shall not be regarded as limited by different designs and manufacturing processes of such color filters.
  • the photo-sensitive composition of the present invention can suitably be used for forming a color filter but will not be limited to this application. It is useful as well for a recording material, a resist material, a protective layer, a dielectric layer, in display applications and display ele- ments, a paint, and a printing ink.
  • the photosensitive compositions according to the invention are also suitable for manufacturing interlayer insulating layers or dielectric layers in a liquid crystal display, and more particularly in a reflection type liquid crystal display including an active matrix type display having a thin film transistor (TFT) as a switching device, and a passive matrix type without a switching device.
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • liquid crystal displays have, for example, been widely used for pocket-type TV sets and terminal devices for communication by virtue of its small thickness and light weight.
  • a reflection type liquid crystal display without necessity of using a back light is in particular in demand because it is ultra-thin and light-weight, and it can significantly reduce power con- sumption.
  • a certain reflection type liquid crystal display is designed to include a pixel electrode having reflection function.
  • the reflection type liquid crystal display includes an insulating substrate and an opposing substrate spaced away from the insulating substrate. A space between the substrates is filled with liquid crystals.
  • a gate electrode is formed on the insulating substrate, and both the gate electrode and the insulating substrate are covered with a gate insulating film.
  • a semiconductor layer is then formed on the gate insulating film above the gate electrode.
  • a source electrode and a drain electrode are also formed on the gate insulating film in contact with the semiconductor layer. The source electrode, the drain electrode, the semiconductor layer, and the gate electrode cooperate with one another to thereby constitute a bottom gate type TFT as a switching device.
  • An interlayer insulating film is formed covering the source electrode, the drain electrode, the semiconductor layer, and the gate insulating film therewith.
  • a contact hole is formed throughout the interlayer insulating film on the drain electrode.
  • a pixel electrode made of aluminum is formed on both the interlayer insulating film and an inner sidewall of the contact hole.
  • the drain electrode of the TFT is eventually in contact with the pixel electrode through the interlayer insulating film.
  • the interlayer insulating layer is generally designed to have a roughened surface by which the pixel electrode acts as a reflection plate which diffuses lights to get a wider angle for viewing (angle of visibility).
  • the reflection type liquid crystal display remarkably enhances an efficiency of using lights by virtue that the pixel electrode acts as a light reflection plate.
  • the interlayer insulating film is designed to have projections and recesses by photolithography.
  • photolithography methods using positive and negative photoresists are used.
  • the compositions according to the invention are especially suitable.
  • the photosensitive compositions according to the invention can further be used for manufacturing spacers, which control a cell gap of the liquid crystal part in liquid crystal display panels. Since the properties of light transmitted or reflected through the liquid crystal layer in a liquid crystal display are dependent on the cell gap, the thickness accuracy and uniformity over the pixel array are critical parameters for the performance of the liquid crystal display unit.
  • the spacing between the substrates in the cell is maintained constant by sparsely distributing glass or polymer spheres about several micrometers in diameter as spacers between the substrates. The spacers are thus held between the substrates to maintain the distance between the substrates at a constant value. The distance is determined by the diameter of the spacers.
  • the spacers assure the minimum spacing between the substrates; i.e., they prevent a decrease in distance between the substrates. However, they cannot prevent the substrates from being separated apart from each other, i.e. the increase in distance between the substrates. Additionally, this method of using spacer beads has problems of the uniformity in the diameter of spacer beads and difficulty in the even dispersion of spacer beads on the panel, as well as nonuniform orientation and decrease in brightness and/or optical aperture depending on the location of spacers on pixel array region. Liquid crystal displays having a large image display area have recently been attracting much atten- tion. However, the increase in the area of a liquid crystal cell generally produces the distortion of the substrates constituting the cell.
  • Photosensitive compositions for producing protective layer with spacers for color filters are disclosed in JP 2000-81701 -A and dry film type photoresists for spacer materials are also disclosed in JP 11-174459-A and JP 1 1-174464-A.
  • the photosensitive compositions, liquid and dry film photoresists are comprising at least an alka- line or acid soluble binder polymer, a radically polymerizable monomer, and a radical initiator.
  • thermally crosslinkable components such as epoxide and carboxylic acid may additionally be included.
  • the steps to form spacers using a photosensitive composition are as follows: a photosensitive composition is applied to the substrate, for instance a color filter panel and after the substrate is prebaked, it is exposed to light through a mask. Then, the substrate is developed with a developer and patterned to form the desired spacers. When the composition contains some thermosetting components, usually a postbaking is carried out to thermally cure the composition.
  • the photocurable compositions according to the invention are suitable for producing spacers for liquid crystal displays (as described above) because of their high sensitivity.
  • the photosensitive compositions according to the invention are also suitable for manufacturing microlens arrays used in liquid crystal display panels, image sensors and the like.
  • Microlenses are microscopic passive optical components that fit on active optoelectronic de- vices such as detectors, displays, and light emitting devices(light-emitting diodes, transversal and vertical cavity lasers) to improve their optical input or output quality.
  • active optoelectronic de- vices such as detectors, displays, and light emitting devices(light-emitting diodes, transversal and vertical cavity lasers) to improve their optical input or output quality.
  • the areas of applications are wide and cover areas such as telecommunications, information technology, audio-visual services, solar cells, detectors, solid-state light sources, and optical interconnects.
  • Present optical systems use a variety of techniques to obtain efficient coupling between mi- crolenses and microoptical devices.
  • the microlens arrays are used for condensing illuminating light on the picture element regions of a nonluminescent display device, such as a liquid crystal display devices, to increase the brightness of the display, for condensing incident light or as a means for forming an image on the photoelectric conversion regions of a line image sensor used for example in facsimiles and the like to improve the sensitivity of these devices, and for forming an image to be printed on a photosensitive means used in liquid crystal printers or light emitting diode (LED) printers.
  • a nonluminescent display device such as a liquid crystal display devices
  • a line image sensor used for example in facsimiles and the like to improve the sensitivity of these devices
  • LED light emitting diode
  • the most common application is their use to improve the efficiency of photodetector arrays of a solid-state image sensing device such as a charge coupled device (CCD).
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • the collection of as much light as possible in each detector element or pixel is wanted. If a microlens is put on top of each pixel, the lens collects incoming light and focuses it onto an active area that is smaller than the size of the lens.
  • microlens arrays can be produced by a variety of methods;
  • (1 ) A method for obtaining convex lenses wherein a pattern of the lenses in a planar configuration is drawn on a thermoplastic resin by a conventional photolithographic technique or the like, and then the thermoplastic resin is heated to a temperature above the softening point of the resin to have flowability, thereby causing a sag in the pattern edge (so called "reflowing") (see, e.g., JP 60-38989-A, JP 60-165623-A, JP 61-67003-A, and JP 2000-39503-A).
  • reflowing see, e.g., JP 60-38989-A, JP 60-165623-A, JP 61-67003-A, and JP 2000-39503-A.
  • a pattern of the lenses can be obtained by exposure of this resin to light.
  • a photocurable resin and a thermosetting resin can be used in this method (see, e.g., WO99/38035).
  • a photosensitive resin layer is formed on the upper surface of a supporting substrate. Thereafter, with the use of a separate shading mask, the upper surface of the photosensitive resin layer is illuminated with light from a mercury lamp or the like, so that the photosensitive resin layer is exposed to the light. As a result, the exposed portions of the photosensitive resin layer swell into the shape of convex lenses to form the light condensing layer having a plurality of microlens.
  • a method for generating a lens effect wherein a photosensitive resin is exposed to light with a particular intensity distribution to form a distribution pattern of refractive index depending upon the light intensity (see, e.g., JP 60-72927-A and JP 60-166946-A).
  • the photosensitive compositions according to the invention can be used in any one of the above-mentioned methods to form microlens arrays using photocurable resin compositions.
  • thermoplastic resins like photoresist A particular class of techniques concentrates on forming microlenses in thermoplastic resins like photoresist.
  • An example is published by Popovic et al. in the reference SPIE 898, pp.23-25 (1988).
  • the technique named reflow technique, comprises the steps of defining the lenses' footprint in a thermoplastic resin, e.g. by photolithography in a photosensitive resin like a photoresist, and subsequently heating this material above its reflow temperature.
  • the surface tension draws the island of photoresist into a spherical cap with a volume equal to the original island before the reflow.
  • This cap is a plano-convex microlens.
  • an overcoat layer is formed on the patterned lens units with a rectangular shape prior to reflowing to avoid a sagging of the island of the resin in the middle without reflow into a spherical cap in the reflow step.
  • the overcoat acts as a permanent protective layer.
  • the coating layer is also made of a photosensitive composition.
  • Microlens arrays can also be fabricated by the use of a mold or a stamper as, for example, disclosed in EP0932256.
  • a process of manufacturing the planar microlens array is as follows: a release agent is coated on a shaping surface of a stamper on which convex portions are densely arranged, and a photocurable synthetic resin material having a high refractive index is set on the shaping surface of the stamper. Next, the base glass plate is pushed onto the synthetic resin material, thereby spreading the synthetic resin material, and the synthetic resin material is cured by irradiating with ultraviolet radiation or by heating and is shaped to form the convex microlenses. Thereafter the stamper is peeled off.
  • a photocurable synthetic resin material having a low refractive index is additionally coated onto the convex microlenses as an adhesive layer and a glass substrate which is made into a cover glass plate is pushed onto the synthetic resin material, thereby spreading the same.
  • the synthetic resin material is then cured and finally the planar microlens array is formed.
  • a similar method using a mold is applied for the production of a prism sheet, which is used as a part of backlight units for color liquid crystal display panels to enhance the brightness.
  • a prism sheet forming a prism row on one side is mounted on the light-emitting surface of the backlight.
  • an active energy ray-curable composition is cast and spread in a lens mold which is made of metal, glass or resin and forms the lens shape of the prism row, etc., after which a transparent substrate sheet is placed onto it and active energy rays from an active energy ray-emitting source are irradiated through the sheet for curing.
  • the prepared lens sheet is then released from the lens mold to obtain the lens sheet.
  • the active energy ray-curable composition used to form the lens section must have a variety of properties, including adhesion to the transparent substrate, and suitable optical characteristics.
  • Lenses at least with some photoresists in the prior art are not desirable for some applications since the optical transmittance in the blue end of the optical spectrum is poor. Because the photocurable compositions according to the invention have low yellowing prop- erties, both thermally and photochemically, they are suitable for the production of microlens arrays as described above.
  • novel radiation-sensitive compositions are also suitable for photo-lithographic steps used in the production process of plasma display panels (PDP), particularly for the imaging forming process of barrier rib, phosphor layer and electrodes.
  • PDP plasma display panels
  • the PDP is a planar display for displaying images and information by virtue of the emission of light by gas discharge.
  • DC direct current
  • AC alternating current
  • the principle of the DC type color PDP will be briefly explained.
  • the space intervening between two transparent substrates generally glass plates
  • a discharge gas such as He or Xe
  • each cell On the rear wall of each cell there is a phosphor layer which, on being excited by the ultraviolet light generated by the discharge of the discharge gas, emits visible light of three primary col- ors.
  • electrodes On the inner faces of the two substrates, electrodes are disposed as opposed to each other across the relevant cells.
  • the cathodes are formed of a film of transparent electroconductive material such as NESA glass.
  • the full-color display system three fluorescent elements severally of the three primary colors of red, blue, and green mentioned above jointly form one picture element.
  • the cells in the DC type PDP are divided by the component barrier ribs of a lattice, whereas those in the AC type PDP are divided by the barrier ribs which are arranged parallel to each other on the faces of the substrates. In either case, the cells are divided by barrier ribs. These barrier ribs are intended to confine the luminous discharge within a fixed area to preclude false discharge or cross talk between adjacent discharge cells and ensure ideal display.
  • compositions according to the invention also find application for the production of one- or more-layered materials for the image recording or image reproduction (copies, reprography), which may be mono- or polychromatic. Furthermore the materials are suitable for color proofing systems.
  • this technology formulations containing microcapsules can be applied and for the image production the radiation curing can be followed by a thermal treatment.
  • Such systems and technologies and their applications are for example disclosed in US5376459.
  • the compounds of the formula I and Il are also suitable as photoinitiators in the holographic data storage application.
  • Said photoinitiators generate radicals and initiate polymerization of monomer upon irradiation with blue laser radiation, suitable for holographic data storage.
  • the wavelength range of the blue laser is 390-420 nm, preferably 400-410 nm and particularly 405 nm.
  • Holographic storage systems (holographic recording media) are for example used to record and to retrieve a large amount of data with fast access time.
  • the photoinitiators of the invention are for example in particular suitable for systems as described for example in WO 03/021358.
  • the holographic data storage system is preferably comprised of a matrix network of low-refractive index matrix precursors and high-refractive index photopolymerizable monomers.
  • the matrix precursor and photoactive monomer can be selected such that (a) the reaction by which the matrix precursor is polymerized during the cure is independent from the reaction by which the photoactive monomer will be polymerized during writing of a pattern, e.g. data, and (b) the matrix polymer and the polymer resulting from polymerization of the photoactive monomer (the photopolymer) are compatible with each other.
  • the matrix is considered to be formed when the photorecording material, i.e. the matrix material plus the photoactive monomer, photoinitiator and/or additives, exhibits an elastic modulus of at least about 10 5 Pa, generally about 10 5 Pa to about 10 9 Pa.
  • the media matrix is formed by in-situ polymerization which yields as cross-linked network in the presence of the photopolymerizable monomers which remain "dissolved” and unreacted.
  • the matrix containing unreacted, photopolymerizable monomers can also be formed by other means, for example by using a solid-resin matrix material in which the photoreactive, liquid monomer is homogeneously distributed. Then, monochromatic exposure generates the holographic pattern, which according to the light intensity distribution, polymerizes the photoreactive monomers in the solid pre-formed matrix.
  • the unreacted monomers diffuse through the matrix, producing a modulation of the refractive index that is determined by the difference between the refractive indices of the monomer and the matrix and by the relative volume fraction of the monomer.
  • the thickness of the recording layer is in the range of several micrometers up to a thickness of one millimeter. Because of such thick holographic data storage layers it is required that the photoinitiator combines high photoreactivity with low absorbance, in order to render the layer transparent at the laser wavelength to assure that the extent of photopolymerization is as little as possible dependent on the exposure depth into the recording layer.
  • the photoinitiators of the present invention combine high reactivity with low absorbance at 405 nm and are suitable for this application.
  • Dyes and sensitizers can also be added to the formulations. Suitable dyes and sensitizers for blue laser radiation are for example coumarines, xanthones, thioxanthones, see list above.
  • the photoinitiators allow photopolymerization of monomers in thick layers, such as required for holographic data storage, with high sensitivity and yield recording layers which are sensitive to blue laser radiation.
  • the photoinitiators when applied at a concentration of 2-8 wt% in the photosensitive layer of 20 micron thickness yield an absorbance of the layer which comprises the photoinitiator, of less than 0.4, preferably less than 0.2 at the laser wavelength.
  • the photoinitiators are in particular suitable for the preparation of optical articles (for example optical waveguides) or holographic recording media e.g.
  • the polymer is formed by polymerizing a material comprising component 1 and component 2, wherein component 1 comprises a NCO-terminated pre-polymer and component 2 comprises a polyol.
  • Component 1 is, for example, diphenyl- methane diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, a derivative of hexamethylene diisocyanate, a methylenebiscyclohexylisocyanate, a derivative of methyle- nebiscyclohexylisocyanate.
  • Component 2 is for example a polyol of propylene oxide.
  • the photoactive monomer is an acrylate monomer. In such media the shrinkage induced by writing is usually less than 0.25%.
  • Photocuring further is of great importance for printings, since the drying time of the ink is a critical factor for the production rate of graphic products, and should be in the order of fractions of seconds. UV-curable inks are particularly important for screen printing and offset inks.
  • the novel mixtures are highly suitable also for producing printing plates.
  • This application uses, for example, mixtures of soluble linear polyamides or styrene- /butadiene and/or styrene/isoprene rubber, polyacrylates or polymethyl methacrylates containing carboxyl groups, polyvinyl alcohols or urethane acrylates with photopolymerizable monomers, for example acrylamides and/or methacrylamides, or acrylates and/or methacrylates, and a photoinitiator. Films and plates of these systems (wet or dry) are exposed over the negative (or positive) of the printed original, and the uncured parts are subsequently washed out using an appropriate solvent or aqueous solutions.
  • photocuring is employed in the coating of metals, in the case, for example, of the coating of metal plates and tubes, cans or bottle caps, and the photocuring of polymer coatings, for example of floor or wall coverings based on PVC.
  • photocuring of paper coatings are the colourless varnishing of labels, record sleeves and book covers.
  • the novel photoinitiators for curing shaped articles made from composite compositions.
  • the composite compound consists of a self-supporting matrix material, for example a glass fibre fabric, or alternatively, for example, plant fibres [cf. K. -P. Mieck, T. Reussmann in Kunststoffe 85 (1995), 366-370], which is impregnated with the photocuring formulation.
  • Shaped parts comprising composite compounds, when produced using the novel compounds, attain a high level of mechanical stability and resistance.
  • the novel compounds can also be employed as photocuring agents in moulding, impregnating and coating compo- sitions as are described, for example, in EP7086.
  • compositions are gel coat resins, which are subject to stringent requirements regarding curing activity and yellowing resistance, and fibre-reinforced mouldings, for example, light diffusing panels which are planar or have lengthwise or crosswise corrugation.
  • Techniques for producing such mouldings such as hand lay-up, spray lay-up, centrifugal casting or filament winding, are described, for example, by P. H. Selden in "Glasfaserverstarkte Kunststoffe", page 610, Springer Verlag Berlin-Heidelberg-New York 1967.
  • articles which can be produced by these techniques are boats, fibre board or chipboard panels with a double-sided coating of glass fibre-reinforced plastic, pipes, containers, etc.
  • moulding, impregnating and coating compositions are UP resin gel coats for mouldings containing glass fibres (GRP), such as corrugated sheets and paper laminates.
  • Paper laminates may be based on urea resins or melamine resins.
  • the gel coat Prior to production of the laminate, the gel coat is produced on a support (for example a film).
  • the novel photocurable compositions can also be used for casting resins or for embedding articles, for example electronic components, etc..
  • compositions and compounds according to the invention can be used for the production of holographies, waveguides, optical switches wherein advantage is taken of the development of a difference in the index of refraction between irradiated and unirradiated areas.
  • the layer (wet or dry) applied to the support is irradiated imagewise, e.g. through a photomask, with UV or visible light, and the unexposed areas of the layer are removed by treatment with a developer.
  • Application of the photocurable layer to metal can also be carried out by electro- deposition.
  • the exposed areas are polymeric through crosslinking and are therefore insoluble and remain on the support. Appropriate colouration produces visible images.
  • the support is a metallized layer
  • the metal can, following exposure and development, be etched away at the unexposed areas or reinforced by electroplating.
  • the novel photoinitiators provide excellent performance in generating so called printout images, whereby a color change is induced due to irradiation.
  • printout images different dyes and/or their leuco form are used and examples for such print out image systems can be fount e.g. in WO96/41240, EP706091 , EP51 1403, US3579339 and US4622286.
  • the novel photoinitiator is also suitable for a photopatternable composition for forming a dielectric layer of a multilayer layer circuit board produced by a sequential build-up process.
  • the invention provides compositions for producing pigmented and non- pigmented paints and varnishes, powder coatings, printing inks, printing plates, adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives, dental compositions, gel coats, photoresists for electronics, electroplating resist, etch resist, both liquid and dry films, solder resist, as resists to manufacture color filters for a variety of display applications, to generate structures in the manufacturing processes of plasma-display panels (e.g. barrier rib, phosphor layer, electrode), electroluminescence displays and LCD (e.g.
  • HDS holographic data storage
  • Substrates used for photographic information recordings include, for example, films of poly- ester, cellulose acetate or polymer-coated papers; substrates for offset printing formes are specially treated aluminium, substrates for producing printed circuits are copper-clad laminates, and substrates for producing integrated circuits are, for example, silicon wafers.
  • the layer thickness of the photosensitive layer for photographic materials and offset printing forms is generally from about 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, while for printed circuits it is from 0.1 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m.
  • the solvent is removed, generally by drying, to leave a coat of the photoresist on the substrate.
  • Coating of the substrates can be carried out by applying to the substrate a liquid composition, a solution or a suspension.
  • a liquid composition a solution or a suspension.
  • the choice of solvents and the concentration depend principally on the type of composition and on the coating technique.
  • the solvent should be inert, i.e. it should not undergo a chemical reaction with the components and should be able to be removed again, after coating, in the course of drying.
  • suitable solvents are ketones, ethers and esters, such as methyl ethyl ketone, isobutyl methyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxy- propionate, 2-methoxypropylacetate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentan- one, and ethyl lactate.
  • ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, isobutyl methyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran,
  • the solution is applied uniformly to a substrate by means of known coating techniques, for example by spin coating, dip coating, knife coating, curtain coating, brushing, spraying, especially by electrostatic spraying, and reverse-roll coating, and also by means of electropho- retic deposition. It is also possible to apply the photosensitive layer to a temporary, flexible support and then to coat the final substrate, for example a copper-clad circuit board, or a glass substrate by transferring the layer via lamination.
  • the quantity applied (coat thickness) and the nature of the substrate (layer support) are dependent on the desired field of application.
  • the range of coat thicknesses generally comprises values from about 0.1 ⁇ m to more than 100 ⁇ m, for example 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 cm, preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m.
  • the solvent is removed, generally by drying, to leave an essentially dry resist film of the photoresist on the substrate.
  • the photosensitivity of the novel compositions can extend in general from about 150 nm to 600 nm, for example 190-600 nm, (UV-vis region).
  • Suitable radiation is present, for example, in sunlight or light from artificial light sources. Consequently, a large number of very different types of light sources are employed. Both point sources and arrays ("lamp carpets”) are suitable.
  • Examples are carbon arc lamps, xenon arc lamps, low-, medium-, high- and super high- pressure mercury lamps, possibly with metal halide dopes (metal-halogen lamps), microwave-stimulated metal vapour lamps, excimer lamps, superactinic fluorescent tubes, fluores- cent lamps, argon incandescent lamps, electronic flashlights, photographic flood lamps, light emitting diodes (LED), electron beams and X-rays.
  • the distance between the lamp and the substrate to be exposed in accordance with the invention may vary depending on the intended application and the type and output of lamp, and may be, for example, from 2 cm to 150 cm.
  • Laser light sources for example excimer lasers, such as F 2 excimer lasers at 157 nm expo- sure, KrF excimer lasers for exposure at 248 nm and ArF excimer lasers for exposure at 193 nm are also suitable. Lasers in the visible region can also be employed.
  • excimer lasers such as F 2 excimer lasers at 157 nm expo- sure, KrF excimer lasers for exposure at 248 nm and ArF excimer lasers for exposure at 193 nm are also suitable. Lasers in the visible region can also be employed.
  • imagewise exposure includes both, exposure through a photomask comprising a predetermined pattern, for example a slide, a chromium mask, a stencil mask or a reticle, as well as exposure by means of a laser or light beam, which for example is moved under computer control over the surface of the coated substrate and in this way produces an image.
  • Suitable UV laser exposure systems for the purpose are, for example, provided by Etec and Orbotech (DP-100TM DIRECT IMAGING SYSTEM).
  • Other examples of laser light sources are, for example excimer lasers, such as F 2 excimer lasers at 157 nm exposure, KrF excimer lasers for exposure at 248 nm and ArF excimer lasers for exposure at 193 nm.
  • solid state UV lasers e.g. Gemini from ManiaBarco, DI-2050 from PENTAX
  • violet laser diodes with 405 nm output DI-2080, DI-PDP from PENTAX
  • Lasers in the visible region can also be employed.
  • the computer-controlled irradiation can also be achieved by electron beams.
  • masks made of liquid crystals that can be addressed pixel by pixel to generate digital images, as is, for example, described by A. Bertsch, J.Y. Jezequel, J. C. Andre in Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology A: Chemistry 1997, 107, p. 275-281 and by K.-P. Nicolay in Offset Printing 1997, 6, p. 34-37.
  • thermal post bake can be performed to harden the composition and to remove all traces of solvents.
  • the temperatures employed are generally 50-250°C, preferably 80-220°C; the duration of the thermal treatment is in general between 0.25 and 60 minutes.
  • the photocurable composition may additionally be used in a process for producing printing plates or photoresists as is described, for example, in DE4013358. In such a process the composition is exposed for a short time to visible light with a wavelength of at least 400 nm, without a mask, prior to, simultaneously with or following imagewise irradiation.
  • the unexposed areas of the photosensitive coating are removed with a developer in a manner known per se.
  • aqueous alkalis or organic solvents can be developed by aqueous alkalis or organic solvents.
  • Particularly suitable aqueous-alkaline developer solutions are aqueous solutions of tetraalkylammonium hydroxides or of alkali metal silicates, phosphates, hydroxides and carbonates. Minor quantities of wetting agents and/or organic solvents may also be added, if desired, to these solutions.
  • Examples of typical organic solvents which may be added to the developer liquids in small quantities, are cyclohexanone, 2-ethoxyethanol, toluene, acetone and mixtures of such solvents.
  • solvents e.g.
  • organic solvents can be used as developer, or, as mentioned above mixtures of aqueous alkalis with such solvents.
  • Particularly useful solvents for solvent development include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethyleneglycol dimethyl ether, propyleneglycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3- methoxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopen- tanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, epsilon-caprolactone, gamma-butyl- olactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, hexa
  • the invention therefore also provides a process for the photopolymerization of compounds containing ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, i.e. monomeric, oligomeric or polymeric compounds containing at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, which comprises adding to these compounds at least one photoinitiator of the formula I or Il as described above and irradiating the resulting composition with electromagnetic radiation, in particular light of the wavelength 150 to 600 nm, in particular 190-600 nm, with electron beam, or with X-rays.
  • electromagnetic radiation in particular light of the wavelength 150 to 600 nm, in particular 190-600 nm, with electron beam, or with X-rays.
  • the invention further provides a coated substrate which is coated on at least one surface with a composition as described above, and describes a process for the photographic production of relief images, in which a coated substrate is subjected to imagewise exposure and then the unexposed portions are removed with a developer.
  • Imagewise exposure may be effected by irradiating through a mask or by means of a laser or electron beam as already described above.
  • a laser or electron beam as already described above.
  • the compounds of the invention have a good thermal stability and low volatility, and are also suitable for photopolymerisations in the presence of air (oxygen). Further, they cause only low yellowing in the compositions after photopolymerization.
  • Example 1 Synthesis of 1- ⁇ 9-[4-(1-acetoxyiminoethyl)-phenyl]-6-(4-carbazol-9-yl-benzoyl)- carbazol-3-yl ⁇ -ethanone oxime O-acetate
  • the compounds of the examples 2-4 are prepared according to the procedure as described in example 1 by using the corresponding reagents. The compounds and their properties are described in Table 1.
  • the compounds of the examples 5-22 are prepared according to the procedure as described in example 1 and/or example 8 (described below) by using the corresponding reagents.
  • the oximation reaction can optionally be carried out in the presence of pyridine instead of sodium acetate.
  • the compounds and their properties are described in Table 2.
  • the compounds of the examples 23-37 are prepared by combination of similar reactions as described in example 1 , example 8 and/or example 34 with the corresponding reagents.
  • the oximation reaction can optionally be carried out in the presence of pyridine instead of sodium acetate if necessary.
  • the compounds and their properties are described in Table 3, Table 4 and Table 5.
  • Example 33 3,6-Diacetyl- ⁇ /-(4-diethylaminophenyl-carbonyl)-carbazole is prepared according to a procedure described in Tetrahedron, 1989, 45, 5059-5064 by using the corresponding acyl chloride and 3,6-diacetylcarbazole, which is synthesized as described in J. Org. Chem., 1999, 64, 3671-3678. The structure is confirmed by the 1 H-NMR spectrum (CDCI 3 ).
  • the product thus obtained is dried in vacuo.
  • the analysis shows that the product obtained as a yellowish solid is mainly a mixture of the compound of example 1 and the compound of example 32 with a ratio of 7/3.
  • a photocurable composition for a sensitivity test is prepared by mixing the following compo- nents:
  • a total exposure dose measured by an optical power meter (ORC UV Light Measure Model UV-M02 with UV-35 detector) on the test negative film is 250mJ/cm 2 .
  • the exposed film is developed with 1 % sodium carbonate aqueous solution for 100 sec. at 3O 0 C by using a spray type developer (Walter Lemmen, model T21 ).
  • the sensitivity of the initiator system used is characterized by indicating the highest number of the step remained (i.e. polymerized) after developing. The higher the number of steps, the more sensitive is the system tested. The results are listed in table 6.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Dental Preparations (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of the Formula (I) and (II) wherein M1, M2 and M3 independently of one another are no bond, a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14; provided that at least one of M1, M2 or M3 is a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14; M4 is a direct bond, CR''3R''4, CS, O, S, SO, or SO2; Y is S or NR18; R1 for example is hydrogen, C3-C8cycloalkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, both of which are optionally substituted; R2 for example is C1-C20alkyl; R''2 has one of the meanings given for R2; R3 and R4 are for example hydrogen, halogen, C1-C20alkyl; R'3, R'4, R''3 and R''4 independently of one another have one of the meanings given for R3 and R4; and R5 is for example hydrogen, halogen, C1-C20alkyl; provided that in the compounds of the Formula (I) at least two oxime ester groups are present; exhibit an unexpectedly good performance in photopolymerization reactions.

Description

Oxime ester photoinitiators
The invention pertains to specific oxime ester compounds which have at least two oxime ester groups as substitutents on the polyaromatic systems, including heterocycles, and their use as photoinitiators in photopolymerizable compositions.
From US patent 3558309 it is known that certain oxime ester derivatives are photoinitiators. In US 4255513 oxime ester compounds are disclosed. US 6596445 discribes some oxime ester compounds having electron-donating groups. US 4202697 discloses acrylamino-substituted oxime esters. In JP 7-140658 A (=Derwent No. 95-234519/31 ), Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1969, 42(10), 2981-3, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1975, 48(8), 2393-4, Han'guk Somyu Konghakhoechi 1990, 27(9), 672-85 (=Chem. Abstr. No. 1 15:115174) , Macromolecules, 1991 , 24(15), 4322-7 and European Polymer Journal, 1970, 933-943 some aldoxime ester compounds are described. In US 4590145 and JP 61-24558-A (=Derwent No. 86-073545/11 ) several benzo- phenone oxime ester compounds are disclosed. In Glas. Hem. Drus. Beograd, 1981, 46(6), 215-30, J. Chem. Eng. Data 9(3), 403-4 (1964), J. Chin. Chem. Soc. (Taipei) 41 (5) 573-8, (1994), JP 62-273259-A (= Chemical Abstract 109:83463w), JP 62-286961 -A (= Derwent No. 88-025703/04), JP 62-201859-A (= Derwent No. 87-288481/41 ), JP 62-184056-A (= Derwent No. 87-266739/38), US 5019482 and J. of Photochemistry and Photobiology A 107, 261-269 (1997) some p-alkoxy-phenyl oxime ester compounds are described. Further, oxime ester compounds are disclosed in WO 02/100903, WO 04/050653, WO 06/018405 and European Patent Application No. 2005/05111539.2.
In photopolymerization technology there still exists a need for highly reactive, easy to prepare and easy to handle photoinitiators. For example, in color filter resist applications, highly pig- mented resists are required for the high color quality property. With the increase of the pigment content, the curing of color resists becomes more difficult. Hence, a photoinitiator having a higher sensitivity than current initiation systems is required. In addition, also such new photoinitiators must meet the high requirements of the industry regarding properties like, for example, thermal stability and storage stability.
Surprisingly it was found, that compounds of the formula I and Il ), wherein
M1, M2 and M3 independently of one another are no bond, a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 Or
NR14; provided that at least one of M1, M2 or M3 is a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14; M4 is a direct bond, CR"3R"4, CO, CS, O, S, SO, or SO2;
Y is a direct bond, S or NR18;
R1 is hydrogen, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C2-C5alkenyl, CrC20alkoxy, unsubstituted CrC20alkyl or
C-ι-C2oalkyl which is substituted by one or more halogen, phenyl, CrC2oalkylphenyl and/or CN; or R1 is phenyl or naphthyl, both of which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Ci-C6alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, halogen, CN, OR11, SR10 and/or NR12R13; or R1 is benzyloxy or phenoxy both of which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
Ci-Cβalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl and/or halogen;
R2 ishydrogen, CrC20alkyl or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or
NR14 ; or R2 is CrC20alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OR11, COOR11, CONR12R13, phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen, CrC2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR1O, OR11, or NR12R13; or R2 is C2-C20alkyl interrupted by one or more O and/or optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OR11, COOR11, CONR12R13, phenyl or phenyl substituted by SR10, OR11 or NR12R13; or R2 is phenyl, naphthyl, coumarinyl or heteroaryl, each of which optionally is substituted by one or more CrC12alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CN, NO2, SR10, OR11, NR12R13 or by
C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R2 is C2-C20alkanoyl, or benzoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
CrC6alkyl, halogen, phenyl, SR10, OR11 or NR12R13; or R2 is C2-C12alkoxycarbonyl optionally interrupted by one or more O and/or optionally sub- stituted by one or more OH; or R2 is phenoxycarbonyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC6alkyl,
CrC4haloalkyl, halogen, phenyl, SR10, OR11 Or NR12R13; R"2 has one of the meanings given for R2; or is R
M5 is no bond, a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14;
R3 and R4 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, CrC20alkyl, Ci-C4haloalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, C2-C12alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or are C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-C12alkinyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CN, NO2, R I ' 2 O I l
-C=N-O-C-R'., or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R3 and R4 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more SR10, OR11 or
NR12R13; or R3 and R4 are (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13, wherein the substituents (CO)R15, OR11, SR10 and NR12R13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R10,
R11, R12 R13, and/or R15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring; or R3 and R4 together are CrC6alkylene or C2-C6alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached, wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11, NR12R13, halogen, phenyl, COOR11,
CONR12R13, CN, NO2, or is substituted by C3-C1ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O,
CO or NR14, or is substituted by C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, and wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is fused with further aromatic rings and/or heteroaromatic rings;
R'-i has one of the meanings given for R1; R'2 has one of the meanings given for R2;
R'3, R'4, R"3 and R"4 independently of one another have one of the meanings given for R3 and
R4;
R5 is hydrogen, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC20alkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O,
CO or NR14, C2-C12alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is
R I ' 2 O I l C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-C12alkinyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CN, NO2, — C=N-0-C-R'1 or
C3-C1ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R5 is phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, C-ι-C4haloalkyl,
CrC20alkyl, SR10, OR11, NR12R13, or C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; - A -
or R5 is (CO)Ri5, SRi0, ORn, SORi0, SO2Ri0 or NRi2Ri3, wherein the substituents (CO)Ri5, ORii, SRi0 and NRi2Ri3 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals Ri0, Rn, Ri2 Ri3 and/or Ri5 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring;
R6 and R'6 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4haloalkyl, CrC20alkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NRi4, C2-Ci2alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NRi4, or are C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-Ci2alkinyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CN, NO2, R I ' 2 O I l
— C=N-O-C-R'., or C3-Ci0cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NRi4; or R6 and R'6 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SRi0, ORn or NRi2Ri3; or R6 and R'6 are (CO)Ri5, SRi0, ORn, SORi0, SO2Ri0 or NRi2Ri3, wherein the substituents (CO)Ri5, ORii, SRi0 and NRi2Ri3 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals Ri0, R11, Ri2 Ri3, and/or Ri5 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring; or R6 and R'6 together are CrC6alkylene or C2-C6alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached, wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NRi4, is substituted by CrC4haloalkyl, SRi0, ORn, NRi2Ri3, halogen, phenyl, COORn, CONRi2Ri3, CN, NO2, or C3-Ci0cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NRi4 and wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is fused with further aromatic rings and/or heteroaromatic rings; provided that the
group is attached to either ring of
said bicyclic ring;
R7, R'7, Re and R'β independently of one another have one of the meanings as given for R3 and Rg and R'9 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, d-C2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or are C2-Ci2alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or are C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-C12alkinyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CN, R I ' 2 O I l
NO2, — C=N-O-C-R' 1 or C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or Rg and R'9 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen,
Ci-C20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11 Or NR12R13; or R9 and R'9 are (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13, wherein the substituents
(CO)R15, OR11, SR10 and NR12R13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R10,
R11, R12 R13, and/or R15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring;
R10 is hydrogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C12alkenyl, C3-C1ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or R10 is phenyl-Ci-C4alkyl; CrC8alkyl which is substituted by OH, SH, CN,
C3-C6alkenoxy, -OCH2CH2CN, -OCH2CH2(CO)O(CrC4alkyl), -O(CO)-(CrC4alkyl), -O(CO)-ph enyl, -(CO)OH or -(CO)O(CrC4alkyl); or R10 is C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by one or more O or S ; or R10 is -(CH2CH2O)nH, -(CH2CH2O)n(CO)-(C1-C8alkyl), C2-C8alkanoyl, benzoyl,
C3-C6alkenoyl; or R10 is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
R I '", 2 O I l halogen, CrC12alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC12alkoxy, — C=N-0-C-R"1 , phenyl-CrC3alkyloxy, phenoxy, CrC12alkylsulfanyl, phenylsulfanyl, -N(CrC12alkyl)2, diphenylamino, -(CO)O(CrCβalkyl) or (CO)N(C1-C8alkyl)2; or R10 is phenyl or naphtyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SR10 is attached via a direct bond, CrC4alkylene, O, S, NR14 or CO, wherein said phenyl or naphthyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more C-ι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is substituted by C3-C1ocycloalkyl which is optionally interrupted
R I '" 2 O I l by O, CO or NR14, or is substituted by halogen, — C=N-0-C-R"1 , CrC20alkoxy,
C-i-C20alkylcarbonyl or phenylcarbonyl; n is an integer from 1-12; R"-ι has one of the meanings as given for R1 and R'-i; R'"2 has one of the meanings given for R2 and R'2; R11 is hydrogen, d-C2oalkyl which optionally is substituted by one or more halogen; or is -(CH2CH2O)nH, -(CH2CH2O)n(CO)-(Ci-C8alkyl), CrC8alkanoyl, C2-Ci2alkenyl, C3-C6alkenoyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl; C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by one or more O; C3-Ciocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 ; or R11 is C-ι-C8alkyl which is substituted by OH, SH, CN, C3-C6alkenoxy, -OCH2CH2CN, -OCH2CH2(CO)O(C1-C4alkyl),
-O(CO)-(CrC4alkyl), -O(CO)-phenyl, -(CO)OH or -(CO)O(CrC4alkyl); or R11 is benzoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC6alkyl, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, OH or CrC4alkoxy; or R11 is phenyl or naphthyl each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
halogen, OH, , CrC12alkyl, C3-C10cycloalkyl or CrC12alkoxy;
R12 and R13 independently of one another are hydrogen, CrC2oalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, C2-C4hydroxyalkyl, CrC12alkoxy, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, (CO)R15, C2-C-ιoalkoxyalkyl, C3-C5alkenyl, or C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R13 are phenyl or naphthyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC20alkoxy, (CO)R15, phenyl, NR16R1Z, SR10, OR11, R I '", 2 O I l
-C=N-O-C-R'^ , CrC20alkyl, C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 or by
C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R13 independently of each other are C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR12R13 is attached, wherein said C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R13 independently of one another are phenyl which is attached via a direct bond to the phenyl ring on which the NR12R13 is positioned; or R12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring which optionally is interrupted by O, N or NR14, and which ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC2oalkyl, CrC2oalkoxy, =0, SR1O, OR11 or
NR16R17, (CO)R15, NO2, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CN, phenyl, , or by
C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, which heteroaromatic ring system is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC20alkoxy, =0, SR10, OR11, NR16R17, (CO)R15, R I '", 2 O I l
— C=N-O-C-R"., , halogen, NO2, CN, phenyl or by C3-Ci0cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14;
Ri4 is hydrogen, d-C2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O or CO, or is phenyl-Ci-C4alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O or CO, or is (CO)Ri5 or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, halogen,
CrC4haloalkyl, SRi0, ORn, NR12R13 or -C=N-O-C-R"., ;
R15 is hydrogen, OH, CrC2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which interrupted by O, CO or NR14, C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is phenyl-CrC4alkyl, SR10, OR11 Or NR12R13; or R15 is phenyl, naphthyl, coumarinyl or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substi-
R I '", 2 O I l tuted by one or more SR10, OR11, NR12R13, — C=N-O-C-R"1 , CN, NO2, halogen, CrC20alkyl,
CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14;
R16 and R17 independently of each other are hydrogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C3-C10cycloalkyl or phenyl; or
R16 and R17 together with N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally is interrupted by O, S or NR14; or R16 and R17 independently of one another are C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR16R17 is attached, wherein said C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR15, and to which C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed; R18 is hydrogen, (C0)R"2, CrC2oalkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CrC2oalkyl which optionally is substituted by one or more halogen, COOR11 or CONR12R13; or R18 is C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; C2-C12alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is C4-C8cycloalkenyl or C2-C12alkinyl; or R18 is benzoyl, naphthoyl, phenyloxycarbonyl or naphtyloxycarbonyl each of which is optionally substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11, NR12R13, halogen, phenyl, COOR11, CONR12R13, CN, NO2 or C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R18 is C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is C3-C10cycloalkylcarbonyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is C3-C10cyclo- alkyloxycarbonyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R18 is phenyl or naphthyl both of which optionally are substituted by one or more SRi0, ORn, R I '" 2 O I l
NR12Ri3, -C=N-O-C-R'^ , CN, NO2, halogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule; particularly fulfill the needs mentioned above.
In accordance with the invention, the compounds of the formula I and Il can be used as photoinitiators for the photopolymerization of ethylenically unsaturated compounds or of mix- tures which comprise such compounds.
CrC20alkyl is linear or branched and is, for example, C1-C18-, C1-C14-, C1-C12-, C1-C8-, C1-C6- or CrC4alkyl. Examples are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetrade- cyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl and icosyl. CrC18alkyl, CrC14alkyl, CrC12alkyl, CrC8alkyl, CrC6alkyl and CrC4alkyl have the same meanings as given above for CrC20alkyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms.
C2-C20alkyl interrupted by O, CO or NR14 is for example interrupted once or more times, e.g. 1-9, 1-7 or once or twice by O, CO or NR14, respectively. In case the groups are interrupted by more than one O, said O-atoms are seperated from one another by at least one methylene group, i.e. the O-atoms are non-consecutive. Examples are the following structural units -CH2-O-CH3, -CH2CH2-O-CH2CH3, -[CH2CH2O]y-CH3, with y = 1-9, -(CH2CH2O)7CH2CH3, -CH2-CH(CH3)-O-CH2-CH2CH3, or -CH2-CH(CH3)-O-CH2CH3. CrC4haloalkyl is CrC4-alkyl mono- or poly-substituted by halogen, CrC4-alkyl being, for example, as defined above. The alkyl radical is for example mono- or poly-halogenated, up to the exchange of all H-atoms by halogen.. Examples are chloromethyl, trichloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl or 2-bromopropyl, especially trifluoromethyl or trichloromethyl. C3-C12Cycloalkyl is for example cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, cyclo-dodecyl, especially cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, preferably cyclohexyl.
C3-C12Cycloalkyl in the context of the present application is to be understood as alkyl which at least comprises one ring. For example cyclopropyl, methyl-cyclopentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methyl- or dimethylcyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, especially cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, pref- erably cyclohexyl are also meant. Further examples are structures like -CH2V \ ,
a v , as well as bridged or fused ring sys-
terns, e.g. /£o*~ , . etc. are also meant to be coverd by the term.
C3-Ci2Cycloalkyl interrupted by O, CO or NR14 has the meanings given above, wherein at least one CH2-group of the alkyl is exchanged by either O, CO or NR14. Examples are structures like
-CH, -CH, etc..
Phenyl-C-ι-C4alkyl is for example benzyl, phenylethyl, α-methyl benzyl, phenylbutyl, phenyl- propyl or α,α-dimethylbenzyl, especially benzyl. Substituted phenyl-C-ι-C4alkyl is substituted one to four times, for example once, twice or three times, especially twice or three times, preferably on the phenyl ring.
C2-C-i2alkenyl radicals are mono or polyunsaturated, linear or branched and are for example C2-C8-, C2-C6-, C2-C5- or C2-C4alkenyl. Examples are allyl, methallyl, vinyl, 1 ,1-dimethylallyl, 1-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1 ,3-pentadienyl, 5-hexenyl or 7-octenyl, especially allyl or vi- nyl.
C4-C8cycloalkenyl, has one or more double bonds and is for example C4-C6cycloalkenyl or C6-C8-cycloalkenyl. Examples are cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cyclooctenyl, especially cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl, preferably cyclohexenyl. C2-C12alkinyl radicals are mono or polyunsaturated, linear or branched and are for example C2-Ce-, C2-C6- or C2-C4alkinyl. Examples are ethinyl, propargyl (=propinyl), butinyl, 1-butinyl, 3-butinyl, 2-butinyl, pentinyl hexinyl, 2-hexinyl, 5-hexinyl, octinyl, etc.
CrC2oalkylphenyl corresponds to phenyl that is substituted once or more times by alkyl at the phenyl ring and is for example CrC12alkyl-, CrC8alkyl- or CrC4alkylphenyl, wherein the number of the alkyl corresponds to the total number of all C-atoms in all alkyl-subtstituents at the phenyl ring. Examples are tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, ethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, in particular tolyl and mesityl. CrC20alkoxy is linear or branched and is for example C1-C18-, C1-C16-, C1-C12-, C1-C8-, C1-C6- or CrC4-alkoxy. Examples are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butyloxy, sec-butyloxy, iso-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, 2,4,4-trimethylpen- tyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, octyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, hexadecyloxy, octadecyloxy or icosyloxy, in particular methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butyloxy, sec-butyloxy, iso-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy, especially methoxy.
CrCi2alkylsulfanyl is Ci-Ci2alkyl, which at the "yl" moiety bears one-S-atom. d-C^alkyl has the same meanings as given above for Ci-C2oalkyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms. CrC^alkylsulfanyl is linear or branched, for example, methylsulfanyl, ethylsulfanyl, propylsulfanyl, isopropylsulfanyl, n-butylsulfanyl, sec-butylsulfanyl, isobutylsulfanyl, tert-butyl- sulfanyl
C3-C6alkenoxy radicals are mono or polyunsaturated and are for example allyloxy, methal- lyloxy, butenyloxy, pentenoxy, 1 ,3-pentadienyloxy, 5-hexenyloxy. CrC20alkylcarbonyl corresponds to CrC2oalkanoyl and is linear or branched and is, for example, C1-C18-, Ci-Ci4-, C1-C12-, CrC8-, C2-C8-, CrC6- or Ci-C4alkanoyl or C4-Ci2- or C4-C8alkanoyl. Examples are formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, isobutanoyl, pentanoyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, nonanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, penta- decanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, icosanoyl, preferably acetyl. C2-C8alkanoyl, C2-C6alkanoyl and C2-C4alkanoyl have the same meanings as given above for C2-C2oalkanoyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms.
CrCealkenoyl radicals are mono or polyunsaturated and are for example propenoyl, 2-methyl-propenoyl, butenoyl, pentenoyl, 1 ,3-pentadienoyl, 5-hexenoyl. CrCiocycloalkylcarbonyl corresponds to cycloalkyl as defined above , wherein the "yl" is at-
tached to a CO moiety. Examples are cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl , ( - C C-
H,
, etc. are also meant to be covered.
CrCiocycloalkylcarbonyl interrupted by O or NRi4 corresponds to CrCiocycloalkylcarbonyl as defined above, wherein at least one CH2-group of the alkyl is replaced by O or NRi4. Examples
are _£ . θtc.
C2-Ci2alkoxycarbonyl is a linear or branched and is, for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy- carbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, isobutyloxycarbonyl, 1 ,1 -dimethylpropoxycar- bonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, nonyloxy- carbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl or dodecyloxycarbonyl, especially methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycar- bonyl, propoxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl or iso-butyloxycarbonyl, preferably methoxycar- bonyl. C2-C6alkoxycai"bonyl and C2-C4alkoxycarbonyl have the same meanings as given above for C2-Ci2alkoxycarbonyl up to the corresponding number of C-atoms. C2-Ci2alkoxycarbonyl which is interrupted by one or more -O- is linear or branched. The number of atoms is from 1 to 5, for example 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 or 2. Two O-atoms are separated by at least two methylene groups, namely ethylene.
Phenyloxycarbonyl is
Substituted phenoxycarbonyl and naphthyloxycarbonyl radicals are substituted one to four times, for example one, two or three times, especially two or three times. Substituents on the phenyl ring are preferably in positions 4 or in 3,4-, 3,4,5-, 2,6-, 2,4- or 2,4,6-configuration on the phenyl ring, in particular in 4- or 3,4-configuration.
C3-Ciocycloalkyloxycarbonyl corresponds to cycloalkyl as defined above , wherein the "yl" is attached to a -O(CO)-moiety. Examples are cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl,
\ / £ °"c~ . — etc. are also meant to be covered. C3-Ci0cycloalkyloxycarbonyl interrupted by O or NR14 corresponds to radicals as defined above, wherein at least one CH2-group of the alkyl is replaced by O or NR14. Examples are
CrCβalkylene is linear or branched alkylene, for example methylene, ethylene, propylene, 1-methylethylene 1 ,1-dimethylethylene, butylene, 1-methylpropylene, 2-methyl-propylene, pentylene or hexylene.
C2-C6Alkenylene is mono- or polyunsaturated and is, for example, ethenylene, 1-propenylene, 1-butenylene, 3-butenylene, 2-butenylene, 1 ,3-pentadienylene or 5-hexenylene. Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, especially fluorine, chlorine and bromine, preferably fluorine and chlorine.
3 2
4 ^ ^ ' ^ Coumarinyl is s IJL X . XX X . CXl ■ Xl X ■ XXoX ■ Xl0X0 ■ Pref"
6 erably 1 -coumarinyl, 4-coumarinyl or 5-coumarinyl. The terms "and/or" or "or/and" in the present context are meant to express that not only one of the defined alternatives (substituents) may be present, but also several of the defined alternatives (substituents) together, namely mixtures of different alternatives (substituents). The term "at least" is meant to define one or more than one, for example one or two or three, preferably one or two.
The term "optionally substituted" means, that the radical to which it refers is either unsubstituted or substituted.
Throughout this specification and the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise", or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising", will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
If R3, R4, R5, Re, R'e, Rg, or R'9 as (CO)Ri5, SRi0 , ORn , SORi0, SO2Ri0 or NRi2Ri3 form a 5- or 6-membered ring via the radiacals Ri0, Rn, Ri2, Ri3 or Ri5 with further substituents at the phenyl ring or with a C-atom of the phenyl ring, for example the following structures of the
following kind are covered , etc..
If Mi is no bond, one or two of the substitutents R3, R4, R'3, R 4, R5 or -C ft=N-O- ftC-R1 may occupy the position(s) of the corresponding phenyl ring ortho to the N-atom, i.e. the position where Mi in formula I is located. The same applies for the corresponding substituents, if M2 and/or M3 are no bond. That
R"2 means, in case M2 is no bond, one or two of the substitutents R3, R4, R5, R"3, R"4 or — c=o may occupy the position(s) of the corresponding phenyl ring ortho to the N-atom, i.e. the position where M2 is located in formual I; and in case M3 is no bond one or two of the substitutents
R'3, R 4, R"3, R"4 may occupy the position(s) of the corresponding phenyl ring ortho to the N-atom, i.e. the position where M3 is located in formual I.
If R3 and R4, R'3 and R 4, R"3 and R"4 or R6 and R'6 together are CrC6alkylene or C2-C6alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached, wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is substituted, the oxime group is for example attached to either ring, e.g. R1-C o N or etc., wherein the bicyclic ring
system optionally has further substituents as defined above, or wherein said bicyclic ring system is for example fused with further aromatic or hetereoaromatic rings, for example:
The same applies for the group -(C0)R"2, if R"3 and R"4 together are CrCβalkylene or C2-C6alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl.
In case that M1 is no bond R'3 and R'4 for example may form a bicyclic ring by using the position of M1 at the phenyl ring (as described above), resulting for example in structures like
. The same applies for R3 and R4, R'3 and R'4, R"3 and R"4, Re and R'β with
M1, M2, M3, M4 and/or M5 defined as "no bond".
If R10 is phenyl or naphtyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SR10 is attached via a direct bond, CrC4alkylene, O, S, NR14 or CO, wherein said phenyl or naphthyl is unsubstituted or substituted for example compounds with structures of the following
kind are defined OCXX . CXXX . CXXX . CXX5 CCXXX . CXXXX
X L χxNjXii
LX JL ■ ■ XXs ■ etc-i wnerein tne phenyl or naphthyl optionally is fur- ther substituted.
If R-I2 and R13 independently of each other are C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR12R13 is attached, for examples structures of the follwing kind are defined ,
etc., wherein said
C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NR14: \
N '
T JJ etc.
If Ri2 and R13 independently of one another are phenyl which is attached via a direct bond to the phenyl ring on which the NR12Ri3 is for example compounds comprising the following
structure are defined
If R12 and Ri3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring which optionally is interrupted by O, N or NR14, saturated or unsaturated rings are formed, for example aziridine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, imidazole, triazole, oxazole, pyridine, 1 ,3-diazine, 1 ,2-diazine, piperidine or morpholine.
If R12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, said ring system is meant to comprise more than one ring, e.g. two or three rings, as well as one or more than one heteroatoms, from the same kind or different ones. Suitable heteroatoms are for example, N, S, O or P, in particular N, S or O. Examples are, carbazole, indole, isoindole, indazole, purine, isoquinoline, quinoline, carboline, phenothiazine etc..
If R-I6 and R17 together with N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally is interrupted by O, S or NR14, saturated or unsaturated rings are formed, for example aziridine, pyrrole, thiazole, pyrrolidine, oxazole, pyridine, 1 ,3-diazine, 1 ,2-diazine, piperidine or morpholine.
If R16 and R17 independently of one another are C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR16R17 is attached, wherein said C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NR15, and to which C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed structures of
the following kind are meant:
If Ri2 and Ri3 or R2, R'2, R"2, R'"2 or other "R"-substituents, are subject of more than one group in the same molecule of the formula I or II, their meanings may differ for each of said groups, however obviously only in the range of the given definitions.
In the compounds of the formula I, the oxime group preferably is positioned para to the N-atom:
R 1 c o N ; the same applies for the group -(CO)R"2: R-C O N . In
R", particular interesting therefore are compounds, wherein both, the oxime group and the group -(CO)R"2 are in the p-position to the N-atom at the respective phenyl ring:
In the compounds of the formula II, the oxime group preferably is positioned para to either M4
or Y: , in particular para to Y.
Interesting are compounds of the formula II, wherein both oxime groups are positioned para to either M4 or Y, in particular compounds wherein both oxime groups are positioned para to Y,
R1, when R5 is — C=N-O-C-RI 1 .
Interesting are compounds of the formula Il wherein Y is S. M4 is for example is a direct bond, CR"3R"4, CS, O, S, SO or SO2.
Or M4 is a direct bond, CR"3R"4, O, S, SO or SO2; or is a direct bond, CR"3R"4, O or S; or is CO,
O or a direct bond, in particular CO or a direct bond.
Preferred are compounds of the formula I.
In the compounds of the formula I, M2 is for example a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14, in particular a direct bond, and M1 and M3 are no bond.
In other interesting compounds M1 is for example a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14, in particular a direct bond, and M2 and M3 are no bond.
Preferred are compounds of the formula I in which only one of M1, M2 or M3 is other than "no bond".
R V'2 O
Il
Inter alia preferred are compounds of the formula I, wherein R5 is — C=N-O-C-RI 1 ; especially in the para-position of the phenyl ring to the N-atom; in particular such, wherein additionally R3 and R4 are hydrogen.
Of further preference are those compounds of the formula I, wherein R"2 is phenyl or phenyl substituted by CrCβalkyl and/or NR12R13. In said compounds R12 and R13 preferably together with the N-atom to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic ring system. In particular said ring system is a carbazole.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention the compounds of the formula I are of the following C R, structure (Ix) ■ wnerein Ri. R'i. R2. R'2, R3, R'3, R' 3, R4, R 4, R"4
are defined as above and Rx is one or more hydrogen, C-ι-C12alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CN, NO2, SR1O, OR11, NR12R13 or by C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; and R10, R11, R12 and R13 are as defined above.
R2 O
In another embodiment of the invention R5 is -C=N-O-C-R1., and R"2 is phenyl, optionally substituted, in particular by CrC20alkyl or NR12R13.
In particular interesting are compounds of the formula I, wherein M3 is for example a direct
R2 O bond and M1 and M2 are no bond and R5 is — C=N-O-C-RI 1 and R"2 is phenyl, optionally sub- stituted, in particular by CrC20alkyl or NR12R13, e.g. of the structure (Iy) , wherein R1, R'-,, R2, R'2, R3, R'3, R' 3, R4, R 4, R"4 are defined as
above and Rx is one or more hydrogen, CrC12alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CN, NO2, SR10, OR11, NR12R13 or by C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; and R1O, R11, R12 and R13 are as defined above. Another embodiment of the invention comprises compounds of the formula I, wherein M1 is a
R'2 O direct bond, M2 and M3 are no bond and R5 is — C=N-O-C-RI 1 and R"2 is phenyl, optionally substituted, in particular by CrC2oalkyl or NR12R13, e.g. of the structure (Iz) C
, wherein R1, R'-,, R2, R'2, R3, R'3, R"3, R4, R 4, R"4 are defined as
above and Rx is one or more hydrogen, C-ι-C12alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CN, NO2, SR1O, OR11, NR12R13 or by C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; and R10, R11, R12 and R13 are as defined above.
In particular interesting also are the compounds of the formula I, wherein R"2 is unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, e.g. thienyl or furyl, both unsubstituted or substituted, e.g. by C-ι-C2oalkyl, such as for example methyl or ethyl.
R1, R'-i and R"-ι independently of one another for example are hydrogen, QrCβcycloalkyl,
C2-C5alkenyl, CrC2oalkoxy, CrC2oalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, benzyloxy or phenoxy; in particular
Ci-C20alkyl.
R2, R'2 and R'"2 for example independently of each other are CrC20alkyl or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R2 and R'2 are CrC20alkyl substituted by halogen, OR11 COOR11, CONR12R13 or phenyl; or R2 and R'2 unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl, in particular phenyl, or are phenyl or naphthyl, in particular phenyl, which is substituted by one or more CrC12alkyl, phenyl, halogen, SR10,
OR11 Or NR12R13. or R2 and R'2 are C2-C20alkanoyl, benzoyl, C2-C12alkoxycarbonyl or phenoxycarbonyl. Preferably R2, R'2, R'2 and R'"2 independently of one another are CrC2oalkyl, unsubstituted phenyl or phenyl, which is substituted by one or more CrC^alkyl, SR10, ORn or NR12Ri3. R"2 in
all cases additionally is is
R3, R4, R'3, R'4, R"3 and R'4 (and accordingly also R7, R'7, Rs and R'β) for example independently of one another are hydrogen, Ci-C2oalkyl halogen, Ci-C2oalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, phenyl-CrC4alkyl or C3-Ci0cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R3, R4, R'3, R 4, R"3 and R"4 (and accordingly also R7, R'7, Rs and R'8) are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more SR1O, OR11 or NR12R13; or R3, R4, R'3, R'4, R"3 and R"4 are (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13.
R3, R4, R'3, R'4, R"3 and R'4 (and accordingly also R7, R'7, Re and R'β) are preferably for example independently of one another hydrogen, CrC20alkyl, (CO)R15, SR10, OR11 or NR12R13.
R1, O
R5 is for example is hydrogen, CrC20alkyl, — C=N-O-C-R1 1 , phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, SR10, OR11, NR12R13; or R5 is (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13, wherein the substituents (CO)R15, OR11, SR10 and NR12R13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R10, R11, R12 R13 and/or R15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring; or R5 is
-RI 1 or
Re and R'β for example independently of one another are hydrogen or CrC20alkyl, in particular hydrogen; or R6 and R'β together are CrCβalkylene or C2-Cealkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached; provided that the group is attached to either ring of said
bicyclic ring. Preferably R6 and R'6 for example independently of one another are hydrogen or Ci-C20alkyl.
R1, O Rg and R'g are for example hydrogen, -C=N-O-C-R1., Ci-C2oalkyl or phenyl, preferably hy-
R1 O R1 O drogen -C=N-O-C-R1., or Ci-C2oalkyl, in particular hydrogen or -C=N-O-C-R1., .
R10 is preferably phenyl, or phenyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SRi0 is attached via a direct bond, CrC4alkylene, O, S, NR14 or CO, in particular via CO, wherein said phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Ci-C2oalkyl.
If R10 is phenyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SRi0 is attached via a CO, a thioxanthyl group is formed.
Rn is for example Ci-C2oalkyl, phenyl-Ci-C4alkyl; C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by one or more O; or C3-Ci0cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; preferably C-ι-C2oalkyl or C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O.
R-I2 and R-13 for example are hydrogen, Ci-C2oalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O or NR14, C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R-13 are phenyl or naphthyl, in particular phenyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more (CO)R15, NR16R1Z, SR10, OR11 or CrC2oalkyl; or R12 and R13 independently of each other are C2-C5alkylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR12R13 is attached, wherein said C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NR14; or R12 and R13 independently of one another are phenyl which is attached via a direct bond to the phenyl ring on which the NR12R13 is positioned; or
R12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring which optionally is interrupted by O, N or NR14, in particular by O, and which ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC2oalkyl, SRi0, ORn, NR16Ri7
Ri2 and Ri3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, which heteroaromatic ring system is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Ci-C20alkyl, SRi0, ORn, NRi6Ri7 or (CO)Ri5.
The unsubstituted or substituted heteroaromatic ring system preferably is unsubstituted or substituted carbazole or unsubstituted or substituted indole.
Ri4 is for example hydrogen or Ci-C2oalkyl.
Ri5 for example is CrC2oalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which interrupted by O or NRi4, or is phenyl or C3-Ci0cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O; in particular d-C2oalkyl.
Ri6 and Ri7 independently of each other are for example hydrogen, CrC2oalkyl, C3-Ci0cycloalkyl or phenyl; or
Ri6 and Ri7 together with N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally is interrupted by O, S or NRi4; or Ri6 and Ri7 independently of one another are C2-C5alkylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NRi6Ri7 is attached, wherein said C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O or NRi4, and to which C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed; preferably Ri6 and Ri7 are CrC2oalkyl or are C2-C5alkylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NRi6Ri7 is attached, and to which C2-C5alkylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed.
Preference is given to compounds of the formula I and II, wherein
Mi, M2 and M3 independently of one another are no bond or a direct bond; provided that at least one of Mi, M2 or M3 is a direct bond;
M4 is a direct bond, CO or O;
Ri and R'i are CrC20alkyl;
R2 and R'2 are CrC2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl or phenyl which opionally is substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, halogen, Ci-C4haloalkyl or NRi2Ri3; R"2 is phenyl which optionally is substituted by one or more Ci-Ci2alkyl, halogen,
CrC4haloalkyl; or is ;
M5 is a direct bond;
R3, R4, R'3, R 4, R"3, R"4, Re, R'e, Rs, R's, Rg and R'9 are hydrogen;
R5 is hydrogen,
R I ' 2 O I l
R7 and R'7 are hydrogen or -C=N-O-C-R'., ;
R-12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system;
Ri4 is CrC2oalkyl; and R18 is CrC2oalkyl, Ci-C4haloalkyl or phenyl which optionally is substituted by one or more Ci-C2oalkyl, halogen or Ci-C4haloalkyl; and provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
Interesting are further compounds of the formula I, wherein M1, M2 and M3 independently of one another are no bond or a direct bond; provided that at least one of M1, M2 or M3 is a direct bond;
R1 and R'-i are C-ι-C2oalkyl;
R2 and R'2 are CrC20alkyl or phenyl which is substituted by NR12R13;
R"2 is phenyl which optionally is substituted by C-ι-C12alkyl; R3, R4, R'3, R 4, R"3, R"4 are hydrogen;
R I ' 2 O I l
R5 is hydrogen or — C=N-O-C-R'1 ; and
R12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, in particular a carbazole ring system; and provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
Interesting further are compounds of the formula I and II, wherein M1, M2 and M3 independently of one another are no bond or a direct bond; provided that at least one of M1, M2 or M3 is a direct bond; M4 is a direct bond or CO; Y is S or NR18; R1 and R'-i are CrC20alkyl; CrC20alkoxy or phenyl;
R2 and R'2 independently of one another are unsubstituted CrC20alkyl, CrC20alkyl substituted by COOR11 or CONR12R13; C2-C2oalkanoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by OR11 ; or is phenyl which is substituted by NR12R13;
R"2 is phenyl; phenyl which is substituted by one or more NR12R13, halogen, CrC2oalkyl, or by C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O; or R"2 is heteroaryl, in particular thienyl and furyl, which optionally is substituted by alkyl;
M5 is a direct bond;
R3, R4, R'3, R 4, R"3 and R"4, independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen,
R2 O -C=N-O-C-R', , (CO)R15; or R3 and R4 together are C2-C6alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached;
R5 is hydrogen, -C=N-O-C-R1 or R'9_ JT R9 :
R6, R'6l Rs and R'8, are hydrogen;
R I ' 2 O I l R7 and R'7 independently of one another are hydrogen or — C=N-O-C-R'., ;
R I ' 2 O I l
Rg and R'g independently of one another are hydrogen, (CO)R15 or — C=N-O-C-R'., ;
R11 is CrC20alkyl;
R12 and R13 independently of one another are CrC2oalkyl; or Ri2 and Ri3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, which heteroaromatic ring system is unsubstituted or substituted by
R'"2 O -C=N-O-C-R"
Ri4 is CrC2oalkyl;
R15 is phenyl or heteroaryl each of which optionally is substituted by NR12Ri3 or d-C2oalkyl; R18 is C-|-C2oalkyl; benzoyl which optionally is substituted by C-ι-C2oalkyl or NR12R13; or is phenyl or naphthyl both of which optionally are substituted by one or more halogen or
R'". O
— C=N-O-C-R"1 ; and provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
Oxime esters of formula I or Il are prepared by methods described in the literature, for example by reaction of the corresponding oximes with an acyl halide, in particular a chloride, or an anhydride in an inert solvent such as for example f-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofurane (THF) or dimethylformamide in the presence of a base, for example triethylamine or pyridine, or in a basic solvent such as pyridine. For example:
O C R1
R1, R'-i, R2, R"2, R3, R'3, R"3, R4, R'4, R"4, R5, Y, M1, M2, M3 and M4 are as defined above, Hal means a halogen atom, in particular Cl. R1 preferably is methyl.
Such reactions are well known to those skilled in the art, and are generally carried out at temperatures of -15 to +50°C, preferably O to 25°C.
If mixtures of compounds of the formula I or Il are obtained (via the differentiation Of R1 and R'-i) said mixtures can be used as such in a photoinitiator application or may be separated by usual methods known in chemistry such for example cristallisation, chromatography etc., to obtain the oure compounds.
Subject of the invention therefore is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula I or Il by reacting an oxime compound of formula Ia or Na
(Ma), wherein
R2, R"2, Y, M1, M2, M3 and M4 are as defined above;
R3, R'3, R'3, R4, R 4, R"4 and R5, are as defined above, wherein the groups
R'. O R'". O
-C=N-O-C-R'., and/or -C=N-O-C-R"., as defined above can be replaced
with -C=O , -C=O , -C=N-O-Z and/or -C=N-O-Z ;
R'2 and R'"2 are as defined above; Z is hydrogen, COR1, COR'1 or COR"i; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen; with an acyl halide or an anhydride of formula V or Vl
0 0 0
I l M .. ...
HaI-C-R1 (V) R-C-O-C-R1 (Vl), or a mixture of acyl halides of the formulae (V) and (Va) or (Vl) and (Via)
0 0
I l M .. .. .
HaI-C-R' (Va) R1— c-o-c-R^ (Via), wherein Hal denotes a halogen atom and Ri and R'i are as defined in claim 1 , in the presence of a base or a mixture of bases.
The oximes required as starting materials can be obtained by a variety of methods described in standard chemistry textbooks (for instance in J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience, 1992), or in specialized monographs, for example, S. R. Sandler & W. Karo, Organic functional group preparations, Vol. 3, Academic Press. One of the most convenient methods is, for example, the reaction of aldehydes or ketones with hydroxylamine or its salt in solvents like dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethylacetamide (DMA), Λ/-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP), dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, ethyl acetate, tert-butyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, toluene, chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, and so on. A mixture of these solvents is also suitable for the reaction. A base such as sodium acetate or pyridine is added to control the pH of the reaction mixture. It is well known that the rate of the reaction is pH-dependent, and the base can be added at the beginning or continuously during the reaction. Water may be added to the reaction mixture to dissolve the inorganic reagents. Basic solvents such as pyridine can also be used as base and/or solvent or cosolvent. The reaction temperature is generally from room temperature to the refluxing temperature of the mixture, usually about 20-120°C. The carbonyl groups can be selectively transformed to the oximes by controlling the reaction temperature and by choice of the solvents because the reaction rate depends on those. Usually aldehydes are most reactive, followed by dialkylketones, alkylarylketones, and diarylketones are less reactive.
Another convenient synthesis of oximes is the nitrosation of "active" methylene groups with nitrous acid or an alkyl nitrite. Both alkaline conditions, as described for example in Organic Syntheses coll. Vol. Vl (J. Wiley & Sons, New York, 1988), pp 199 and 840, and acidic conditions, as described, for example, in Organic Synthesis coll. vol V, pp 32 and 373, coll. vol. Ill, pp 191 and 513, coll. vol. II, pp. 202, 204 and 363, are suitable for the preparation of the oximes used as starting materials in the invention. Nitrous acid is usually generated from sodium nitrite. The alkyl nitrite can be for example methyl nitrite, ethyl nitrite, isopropyl nitrite, butyl nitrite, or isoamyl nitrite.
Interesting is a process for the preparation of a compound of the formula I or Il by transforming one or more keto groups or aldehyde groups of a ketone or aldehyde compound of the formula Ib or Mb
(Mb), wherein
F*2, R "2, Y, M1, M2, M3 and M4 are as defined above;
R3, R'3, R "3, R4, R 4, R"4 and R5, are as defined above, wherein the groups
R'2 O R'"2 O
-C=N-O-C-R^ and/or -C=N-O-C-R"., as defined above can be replaced
R2 ^'"2 with — C=O and/or — C=O ;
R'2 and R'"2 are as defined above; to the corresponding oxime of the formula Ia or Na
(Ma), wherein
R2, R'2, Y, M1, M2, M3 and M4 are as defined above;
R3, R'3, R'3, R4, R 4, R"4 and R5, are as defined above, wherein the groups
R'. O R11' O
-C=N-O-C-R^ and/or -C=N-O-C-R'1 ! as defined above can be replaced
with -C=N-O-Z and/or -C=N-O-Z ;
R'2 and R'"2 are as defined in above;
Z is hydrogen, COR1, COR1! or COR"! ; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen; by conventional methods; reacting said oxime compound of formula Ia or Na with an acyl halide or an anhydride of formula V or Vl
0 0 0
I l M .. ...
HaI-C-R1 (V) R-C-O-C-R1 (Vl), or a mixture of acyl halides of the formulae (V) and (Va) or (Vl) and (Via)
0 0
I l M .. .. .
HaI-C-R' (Va) R1— c-o-c-R1., (Via), wherein Hal denotes a halogen atom and Ri and R'i are as defined in claim 1 , in the presence of a base or a mixture of bases. Every oxime ester group can exist in two configurations, (Z) or (E). It is possible to separate the isomers by conventional methods, but it is also possible to use the isomeric mixture as such as photoinitiating species. Therefore, the invention also relates to mixtures of configura- tional isomers of compounds of the formula I and II.
This invention relates to specific oxime ester compounds which have at least two oxime ester groups on the polyaromatic systems. The precursors may often be polyketone compounds with the corresponding polyaromatic systems. Transformation of the ketones to the oximes can be done in a selective manner or with moderate selectivity. In the latter case, the final oxime ester product may be a mixture of more than one compound. Therefore, the invention also relates to such mixtures provided that at least one compound is included in the formula I or II, besides the configurational isomers as described above.
Another subject of the invention are the compounds of the formula Ia or Na
(Ma), wherein
R2, R"2, Y, M1, M2, M3 and M4 are as defined above;
R3, R'3, R' 3, R4, R 4, R"4 and R5 are as defined above, wherein the groups
R'. O R'". O
-C=N-O-C-R'., and/or -C=N-O-C-R"., as defined above can be replaced
with -C=N-O-Z and/or -C=N-O-Z ;
R'2 and R'"2 are as defined above;
Z is hydrogen, COR1, COR'1 or COR"i; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen, and provided that at least two groups comprising the radical Z are present in the molecule.
Another object of the invention is a photoinitiator mixture, comprising
(A) at least one compound of the formula I or M, as defined above with
(B) at least one compound of the formula I' or II' (M'), wherein
is a group Z-O-N=C — , o=C—
M1, M2, M3, M4, Y, R1 and R2 are as defined above;
R3, R4, R5, R'3, R'4, R"2, RM3, and R"4 are as defined above, wherein the groups R I ' z O I l R I '", z O I l
-C=N-O-C-R'., and/or -C=N-O-C-R"., as defined above can be replaced
R'2 R'2 R'"2 R'"2 with -C=N-O-Z -C=O , -C=O and/or -C=N-O-Z ;
Z is hydrogen, COR1, COR1! or COR"! ; R'i, R"i, R'2 and R'"2 are as defined above; provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
In particular interesting is a photoinitiator mixture as described above, comprising a compound of the formula I and a compound of the formula I', wherein
M1 and M2 are no bond;
M3 is a direct bond;
R1, R'-i, R"i, R2, and R'2 are as defined above;
R3, R'3, R'3, R4, R 4 and R"4 are hydrogen;
R'. O
R5 is -C=N-O-C-R1., ,
R"2 is phenyl substituted by NR12R13; and
R12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, or a compound of the formula Il and a compound of the formula II', wherein M4 is a direct bond;
R1, R'-i, R"i, R'"2, and R'2 are as defined above; Y iS NR18;
R I '" 2 O I l
R18 is phenyl substituted by — C=N-O-C-R"1 ; R2 is phenyl substituted by NR12Ri3 ; and
R-I2 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system.
Further interesting is a photoinitiator mixture as described above, in addition to the compound of the formula I or Il and formula I' or M' comprising a further oxime ester photoinitiator.
The ratio of the compounds of the formula I and I' or of the formula Il and II' in the mixture in principle is non-critical. Examples of suitable ratios of the compounds are from 90-98% / 10-2% or 50-90% / 50-10%.
Such mixtures as described above additionally may comprise oxime ester compounds similar to the ones of the present invention, however only bearing one oxime ester group. Such compounds are for example disclosed in EP Patent Application No. 0511 1539.2, filed De- cember 1 , 2005, and hereby are incorporated by reference.
Said mixtures of oxime ester compounds are employed as photoinitiators in exactly the same manner as the single components.
The compounds of the formula I and Il are suitable as radical photoinitiators. Another subject of the present invention therefore is a photopolymerizable composition comprising
(a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated photopolymerizable compound and
(b) as photoinitiator, at least one compound of the formula I or Il as defined above or a mixture of compounds of the formula I or Il as described above.
The composition may comprise additionally to the photoinitiator or photoinitiator mixture (b) at least one further photoinitiator (c), and/or other additives (d).
The unsaturated compounds (a) may include one or more olefinic double bonds. They may be of low (monomeric) or high (oligomeric) molecular mass. Examples of monomers containing a double bond are alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl (which optionally interrupted by O) or amino acrylates, or alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl (which optionally interrupted by O) or amino methacrylates, for example methyl, ethyl, butyl, 2-ethylhexyl or 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, tet- rahydrofurfuryl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate or ethyl methacrylate. Silicone acrylates are also advantageous. Other examples are acryloni- trile, acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-substituted (meth)acrylamides, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl ethers such as isobutyl vinyl ether, styrene, alkyl- and halostyrenes, N-vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride.
Examples of monomers containing two or more double bonds are the diacrylates of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, hexamethylene glycol or of bisphenol A, and 4,4'-bis(2-acryl-oyloxyethoxy)diphenylpropane, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate ortetraacrylate, vinyl acrylate, divinylbenzene, divinyl succinate, diallyl phthalate, tri- allyl phosphate, triallyl isocyanurate or tris(2-acryloylethyl) isocyanurate.
Examples of polyunsaturated compounds of relatively high molecular mass (oligomers) are acrylated epoxy resins, polyesters containing acrylate-, vinyl ether- or epoxy-groups, and also polyurethanes and polyethers. Further examples of unsaturated oligomers are unsaturated polyester resins, which are usually prepared from maleic acid, phthalic acid and one or more diols and have molecular weights of from about 500 to 3000. In addition it is also possible to employ vinyl ether monomers and oligomers, and also maleate-terminated oligomers with polyester, polyurethane, polyether, polyvinyl ether and epoxy main chains. Of particular suitability are combinations of oligomers which carry vinyl ether groups and of polymers as described in WO 90/01512. However, copolymers of vinyl ether and maleic acid-functionaliz- ed monomers are also suitable. Unsaturated oligomers of this kind can also be referred to as prepolymers.
Particularly suitable examples are esters of ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyols or polyepoxides, and polymers having ethylenically unsaturated groups in the chain or in side groups, for example unsaturated polyesters, polyamides and polyurethanes and copolymers thereof, polymers and copolymers containing (meth)acrylic groups in side chains, and also mixtures of one or more such polymers.
Examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, ita- conic acid, cinnamic acid, and unsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid or oleic acid. Acrylic and methacrylic acid are preferred. Suitable polyols are aromatic and, in particular, aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols. Examples of aromatic polyols are hydroquinone, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl, 2,2-di(4-hydroxyphenyl)- propane, and also novolaks and resols. Examples of polyepoxides are those based on the abovementioned polyols, especially the aromatic polyols, and epichlorohydrin. Other suitable polyols are polymers and copolymers containing hydroxyl groups in the polymer chain or in side groups, examples being polyvinyl alcohol and copolymers thereof or polyhydroxyalkyl methacrylates or copolymers thereof. Further polyols which are suitable are oligoesters having hydroxyl end groups.
Examples of aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols are alkylenediols having preferably 2 to 12 C atoms, such as ethylene glycol, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butanediol, pen- tanediol, hexanediol, octanediol, dodecanediol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glcyol, polyethylene glycols having molecular weights of preferably from 200 to 1500, 1 ,3-cyclopen- tanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclohexanediol, 1 ,4-dihydroxymethylcyclohexane, glycerol, tris- (β-hydroxyethyl)amine, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol and sorbitol.
The polyols may be partially or completely esterified with one carboxylic acid or with different unsaturated carboxylic acids, and in partial esters the free hydroxyl groups may be modified, for example etherified or esterified with other carboxylic acids.
Examples of esters are: trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimeth-acry- late, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, tripentaerythritol octaacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, tripentaerythritol oc- tamethacrylate, pentaerythritol diitaconate, dipentaerythritol tris-itaconate, dipentaerythritol pentaitaconate, dipentaerythritol hexaitaconate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1 ,3-butanediol diacrylate, 1 ,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, 1 ,4-butanediol diitaconate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol-modified triacrylate, sorbitol tetra methacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate, oligoester acrylates and methacrylates, glycerol diacry- late and triacrylate, 1 ,4-cyclohexane diacrylate, bisacrylates and bismethacrylates of polyethylene glycol with a molecular weight of from 200 to 1500, or mixtures thereof.
Also suitable as components (a) are the amides of identical or different, unsaturated carboxylic acids with aromatic, cycloaliphatic and aliphatic polyamines having preferably 2 to 6, especially 2 to 4, amino groups. Examples of such polyamines are ethylenediamine, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propylenediamine, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butylenediamine, 1 ,5-pentylenediamine, 1 ,6-hexyle- nediamine, octylenediamine, dodecylenediamine, 1 ,4-diaminocyclohexane, isophoronediami- ne, phenylenediamine, bisphenylenediamine, di-β-aminoethyl ether, diethylenetriamine, tri- ethylenetetramine, di(β-aminoethoxy)- or di(β-aminopropoxy)ethane. Other suitable polyamines are polymers and copolymers, preferably with additional amino groups in the side chain, and oligoamides having amino end groups. Examples of such unsaturated amides are methylenebisacrylamide, 1 ,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, diethylenetriaminetrismethacryl- amide, bis(methacrylamidopropoxy)ethane, β-methacrylamidoethyl methacrylate and N- [(β-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]acrylamide.
Suitable unsaturated polyesters and polyamides are derived, for example, from maleic acid and from diols or diamines. Some of the maleic acid can be replaced by other dicarboxylic acids. They can be used together with ethylenically unsaturated comonomers, for example styrene. The polyesters and polyamides may also be derived from dicarboxylic acids and from ethylenically unsaturated diols or diamines, especially from those with relatively long chains of, for example 6 to 20 C atoms. Examples of polyurethanes are those composed of saturated or unsaturated diisocyanates and of unsaturated or, respectively, saturated diols.
Polymers with (meth)acrylate groups in the side chain are likewise known. They may, for example, be reaction products of epoxy resins based on novolaks with (meth)acrylic acid, or may be homo- or copolymers of vinyl alcohol or hydroxyalkyl derivatives thereof which are esterified with (meth)acrylic acid, or may be homo- and copolymers of (meth)acrylates which are esterified with hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates.
Other suitable polymers with acrylate or methacrylate groups in the side chains are, for example, solvent soluble or alkaline soluble polyimide precursors, for example poly(amic acid ester) compounds, having the photopolymerizable side groups either attached to the backbone or to the ester groups in the molecule, i.e. according to EP 624826. Such oligomers or poly- mers can be formulated with the new photoinitiators and optionally reactive diluents, like polyfunctional (meth)acrylates in order to prepare highly sensitive polyimide precursor resists.
The photopolymerizable compounds can be used alone or in any desired mixtures. It is prefer- red to use mixtures of polyol (meth)acrylates.
Examples of the component (a) are also polymers or oligomers having at least two ethyl- enically unsaturated groups and at least one carboxyl function within the molecule structure, such as a resin obtained by the reaction of a saturated or unsaturated polybasic acid anhydride with a product of the reaction of an epoxy compound and an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, for example, photosensitive compounds as described in JP 6-1638 and JP 10301276 and commercial products such as EB9696, UCB Chemicals; KAYARAD TCR1025, Nippon Kayaku Co. ,LTD., or an addition product formed between a carboxyl group-containing resin and an unsaturated compound having an α,β-unsatu rated double bond and an epoxy group (for example, ACA200M, Daicel Industries, Ltd.).
As diluent, a mono- or multi-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound, or mixtures of several of said compounds, can be included in the above composition up to 70 % by weight based on the solid portion of the composition.
The unsaturated compounds (a) can also be used as a mixture with non-photopolymerizable, film-forming components. These may, for example, be physically drying polymers or solutions thereof in organic solvents, for instance nitrocellulose or cellulose acetobutyrate. They may also, however, be chemically and/or thermally curable (heat-curable) resins, examples being polyisocyanates, polyepoxides and melamine resins, as well as polyimide precursors. The use of heat-curable resins at the same time is important for use in systems known as hybrid systems, which in a first stage are photopolymerized and in a second stage are crosslinked by means of thermal aftertreatment.
The invention also provides compositions comprising as component (a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated photopolymerizable compound which is emulsified or dissolved in water. Many variants of such radiation-curable aqueous prepolymer dispersions are commercially available. A prepolymer dispersion is understood as being a dispersion of water and at least one prepolymer dispersed therein. The concentration of water in these systems is, for ex- ample, from 5 to 80% by weight, in particular from 30 to 60% by weight. The concentration of the radiation-curable prepolymer or prepolymer mixture is, for example, from 95 to 20% by weight, in particular from 70 to 40% by weight. In these compositions the sum of the percentages given for water and prepolymer is in each case 100, with auxiliaries and additives being added in varying quantities depending on the intended use.
The radiation-curable, film-forming prepolymers which are dispersed in water and are often also dissolved are aqueous prepolymer dispersions of mono- or polyfunctional, ethylenically unsaturated prepolymers which are known per se, can be initiated by free radicals and have for example a content of from 0.01 to 1.0 mol of polymerizable double bonds per 100 g of pre- polymer and an average molecular weight of, for example, at least 400, in particular from 500 to 10O00. Prepolymers with higher molecular weights, however, may also be considered depending on the intended application. Use is made, for example, of polyesters containing polymerizable C-C double bonds and having an acid number of not more than 10, of polyethers containing polymerizable C-C double bonds, of hydroxyl-containing reaction products of a polyepoxide, containing at least two epoxide groups per molecule, with at least one α,β-ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid, of polyurethane (meth)acrylates and of acrylic copolymers which contain α,β-ethylenically unsaturated acrylic radicals, as are described in EP 12339. Mixtures of these prepolymers can likewise be used. Also suitable are the polymerizable prepolymers described in EP 33896, which are thioether adducts of polymerizable prepolymers having an average molecular weight of at least 600, a carboxyl group content of from 0.2 to 15% and a content of from 0.01 to 0.8 mol of polymerizable C-C double bonds per 100 g of prepolymer. Other suitable aqueous dispersions, based on specific alkyl (meth)acrylate polymers, are described in EP 41125, and suitable waterdispersible, radiation-curable prepolymers of urethane acrylates can be found in DE 2936039. Further additives which may be included in these radiation-curable aqueous prepolymer dispersions are dispersion auxiliaries, emulsifiers, antioxidants, e.g. 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6- t-butylphenol) or 2,6-di-t-butylphenol, light stabilizers, dyes, pigments, fillers, such as glass or alumina, for example talc, gypsum, silicic acid, rutile, carbon black, zinc oxide, iron oxides, reaction accelerators, levelling agents, lubricants, wetting agents, thickeners, flatting agents, antifoams and other auxiliaries customary in paint technology. Suitable dispersion auxiliaries are water-soluble organic compounds which are of high molecular mass and contain polar groups, examples being polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinylpyrrolidone or cellulose ethers. Emulsifiers which can be used are nonionic emulsifiers and, if desired, ionic emulsifiers as well. In certain cases it may be of advantage to use mixtures of two or more of the novel photoinitia- tors. It is of course also possible to use mixtures with known photoinitiators (c), for example mixtures with camphor quinone; benzophenone, benzophenone derivatives, such as 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methyl- benzophenone, 2-methoxycarbonylbenzophenone 4,4'-bis(chloromethyl)benzophenone, 4- chlorobenzophenone, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxy-benzophenone, [4- (4-methylphenylthio)phenyl]-phenylmethanone, methyl-2-benzoylbenzoate, 3-methyl-4'- phenylbenzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethyl-4'-phenylbenzophenone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)ben- zophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone; ketal compounds, as for example ben- zildimethylketal (IRGACURE® 651 ); acetophenone, acetophenone derivatives, for example α-hydroxycycloalkyl phenyl ketones, e.g. 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propanone (DAROCUR® 1 173), i-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (IRGACURE® 184); 1-[4-(2- hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one (IRGACURE®2959); 2-hydroxy- 1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl)-benzyl]-phenyl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one (IRGACURE® 127); 2-hydroxy-1 -{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl)-phenoxy]-phenyl}-2-methyl-propan-1 - one; dialkoxyacetophenones, α-hydroxy- or α-aminoacetophenones, e.g. (4-methylthio- benzoyl)-1-methyl-1-morpholinoethane (IRGACURE® 907), (4-morpholinobenzoyl)-1-benz- yl-1-dimethylaminopropane (IRGACURE® 369), (4-morpholinobenzoyl)-1-(4-methylbenzyl)- 1-dimethylaminopropane (IRGACURE® 379), (4-(2-hydroxyethyl)aminobenzoyl)-1-benzyl-1- dimethylminopropane), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) butan-1-one; 4-aroyl1 ,3-dioxolanes, benzoin alkyl ethers and benzil ketals, phenylglyoxalic esters and derivatives thereof, e.g. oxo-phenyl-acetic acid 2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-ethyl ester, dimeric phenylglyoxalic esters, e.g. oxo-phenyl-acetic acid
1-methyl-2-[2-(2-oxo-2-phenyl-acetoxy)-propoxy]-ethyl ester (IRGACURE® 754); further oxi- meesters, e.g. 1 ,2-octanedione 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-
2-(O-benzoyloxime) (IRGACURE® OXE01 ), ethanone 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H- carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetyloxime) (IRGACURE® OXE02), 9H-thioxanthene-2-carboxaldehyde 9-oxo-2-(O-acetyloxime), the oxime esters described in EP Patent Application No. 05111539.2, filed December 1 , 2005, peresters, e,g. benzophenone tetracarboxylic peresters as described for example in EP126541 , monoacyl phosphine oxides, e.g. (2,4,6-trimethyl- benzoyl)diphenylphosphine oxide (DAROCUR® TPO), bisacylphosphine oxides, e.g. bis- (2,6-dimethoxy-benzoyl)-(2,4,4-trimethyl-pentyl)phosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)- phenylphosphine oxide (IRGACURE® 819), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-2,4-dipentoxyphenyl- phosphine oxide, trisacylphosphine oxides, halomethyltriazines, e.g. 2-[2-(4-methoxy- phenyl)-vinyl]-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-[1 ,3,5]triazine, 2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-4,6-bis-trichloro- methyl-[1 ,3,5]triazine, 2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-[1 ,3,5]triazine, 2- methyl-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-[1 ,3,5]triazine, hexaarylbisimidazole / coinitiators systems, e.g. ortho-chlorohexaphenyl-bisimidazole combined with 2-mercaptobenzthiazole, and 4,4'-bis- (diethylamino)benzophenone ferrocenium compounds, or titanocenes, e.g. bis(cyclo- pentadienyl)-bis(2,6-difluoro-3-pyrryl-phenyl)titanium (IRGACURE®784). Further, borate compounds can be used as coinitiators.
Where the novel photoinitiator systems are employed in hybrid systems, use is made, in addition to the novel free-radical hardeners, of cationic photoinitiators, of peroxide compounds, such as benzoyl peroxide (other suitable peroxides are described in US Patent 4950581 column 19, lines 17-25), of aromatic sulfonium-, phosphonium- or iodonium salts as described for example in US4950581 , column 18, line 60 to column 19, line 10 or cyclopentadienyl- arene-iron(ll) complex salts, for example (η6-iso-propylbenzene)(η5-cyclopentadienyl)iron(ll) hexafluorophosphate, as well as oxime sulfonic acid esters, as are, for example described in EP780729. Also pyridinium and (iso)quinolinium salts as described e.g. in EP497531 and EP 441232 may be used in combination with the new photoinitiators.
The new photoinitiators, either alone or in mixtures with other known photoinitiators and sensitizers, can be used also in the form of a dispersion or emulsion in water or aqueous solutions.
Interesting are compositions comprising besides the compound of formula I or Il at least one α-aminoketone, in particular (4-methylthiobenzoyl)-1-methyl-1-morpholinoethane or (4-morpholinobenzoyl)-1-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-dimethylaminopropane.
The photopolymerizable compositions generally comprise 0.05 to 25 % by weight, preferably 0.01 to 10 % by weight, in particular 0.01 to 5 % by weight of the photoinitiator, or the photoinitiator mixture as described above, based on the solid composition. The amount refers to the sum of all photoinitiators added, if mixtures of initiators are employed. Accordingly, the amount either refers to the photoinitiator or photoinitiator mixture (b) or the photoinitiators (b) +(c).
In addition to the photoinitiator the photopolymerizable mixtures may include various additives (d). Examples of these are thermal inhibitors, which are intended to prevent premature po- lymerization, examples being hydroquinone, hydroquinone derivatives, p-methoxyphenol, β-naphthol or sterically hindered phenols, such as 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol In order to increase the stability on storage in the dark it is possible, for example, to use copper compounds, such as copper naphthenate, stearate or octoate, phosphorus compounds, for example triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, triethyl phosphite, triphenyl phosphite or tribenzyl phosphite, quaternary ammonium compounds, for example tetramethylammonium chloride or trimethylbenzylammonium chloride, or hydroxylamine derivatives, for example N-diethyl- hydroxylamine. To exclude atmospheric oxygen during the polymerization it is possible to add paraffin or similar wax-like substances which, being of inadequate solubility in the polymer, migrate to the surface in the beginning of polymerization and form a transparent surface layer which prevents the ingress of air. It is also possible to apply an oxygen-impermeable layer on top of the coating, for example poly(vinylalcohol-co-vinylacetate). Light stabilizers which can be added in a small quantity are UV absorbers, for example those of the hydroxyphenylben- zotriazole, hydroxyphenyl-benzophenone, oxalamide or hydroxyphenyl-s-triazine type. These compounds can be used individually or in mixtures, with or without sterically hindered amines (HALS).
Examples of such UV absorbers and light stabilizers are
1. 2-(2'-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazoles for example 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzo- triazole, 2-(3',5'-di-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(5'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphen- yl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-(1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3',5'-di- tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphen- yl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3'-sec-butyl-5'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'- hydroxy-4'-octoxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3',5'-di-tert-amyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3',5'-bis-(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)-2'-hydroxyphenyl)-benzotriazole, mixture of 2-(3'-tert-butyl- 2'-hydroxy-5'-(2-octyloxycarbonylethyl)phenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3'-tert-butyl-5'-[2-(2— ethyl-hexyl-oxy)carbonylethyl]-2'-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3'-tert-butyl-2'-hy- droxy-5'-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)phenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxy- 5'-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)phenyl)-benzotriazole, 2-(3'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxy-5'-(2-octyloxy- carbonylethyl)phenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3'-tert-butyl-5'-[2-(2-ethylhexyloxy)carbonylethyl]-2'- hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3'-dodecyl-2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, and 2- (3'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxy-5'-(2-isooctyloxycarbonylethyl)phenylbenzotriazole, 2,2'-methylene- bis[4-(1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-benzotriazol-2-yl-phenol]; transesterification product of 2- [3'-tert-butyl-5'-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)-2'-hydroxy-phenyl]-benzotriazole with polyethylene glycol 300; [R-CH2CH2-COO(CH2)3]2- where R = 3'-tert-butyl-4'-hydroxy-5'-2H-benzotri- azol-2-yl-phenyl.
2. 2-Hydroxybenzophenones, for example the 4-hydroxy-, 4-methoxy-, 4-octoxy-, 4-decyloxy-, 4-dodecyloxy-, 4-benzyloxy-, 4,2',4'-trihydroxy- and 2'-hydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxy derivative. 3. Esters of substituted or unsubstituted benzoicacids, for example 4-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, phenyl salicylate, octylphenyl salicylate, dibenzoylresorcinol, bis(4-tert-butylbenzoyl)re- sorcinol, benzoylresorcinol, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, hexadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, and 2-methyl-4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate. 4. Acrylates, for example isooctyl or ethyl α-cyano-β,β-diphenyl acrylate, methyl α-carbo- methoxycinnamate, butyl or methyl α-cyano-β-methyl-p-methoxycinnamate, methyl α-car- boxymethoxy-p-methoxycinnamate and N-(β-carbomethoxy-β-cyanovinyl)-2-methylindoline.
5. Sterically hindered amines, for example bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl) sebacate, bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl) succinate, bis(1 ,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl) sebacate, bis- (1 ,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl) n-butyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylmalonate, condensation product of 1-hydroxyethyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine and succinic acid, condensation product of N,N'-bis-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)hexa-methylenediamine and 4-tert-octylamino-2,6-dichloro-1 ,3,5-s-triazine, tris-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) nitrilotri- acetate, tetrakis-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)-1 ,2,3,4-butane tetraoate, 1 ,1 '-(1 ,2-ethane- diyl)-bis(3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-piperazinone), 4-benzoyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 4-stearyl- oxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, bis-(1 , 2,2,6, 6-pentamethylpiperidyl) 2-n-butyl-2-(2-hydroxy- 3,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) malonate, 3-n-octyl-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1 ,3,8-triazaspiro-[4.5]decane- 2,4-dione, bis-(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl) sebacate, bis-(1-octyloxy-2, 2,6,6- tetramethylpiperidyl) succinate, condensation product of N,N'-bis-(2,2,6,6-tetra-methyl-4- piperidyl)hexamethylenediamine and 4-morpholino-2,6-dichloro-1 ,3,5-triazine, condensation product of 2-chloro-4,6-di-(4-n-butylamino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine and 1 ,2- bis-(3-aminopropyl-amino)ethane, condensation product of 2-chloro-4,6-di-(4-n-butylamino- 1 ,2, 2, 6, 6-pentamethylpiperidyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine and 1 ,2-bis-(3-aminopropylamino)ethane, 8- acetyl-3-dodecyl-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1 ,3,8-triazaspiro[4.5]decane-2,4-dione, 3-dodecyl-1 - (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)pyrrolidine-2,5-dione and 3-dodecyl-1-(1 ,2,2,6,6-penta- methyl-4-piperidyl)-pyrrolidine-2,5-dione.
6. Oxalamides, for example 4,4'-dioctyloxyoxanilide, 2,2'-diethoxyoxanilide, 2,2'-dioctyl- oxy-5,5'-di-tert-butyloxanilide, 2,2'-didodecyloxy-5,5'di-tert-butyloxanilide, 2-ethoxy-2'-ethylox- anilide, N,N'-bis-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)oxalamide, 2-ethoxy-5-tert-butyl-2'-ethyloxanilide and its mixture with 2-ethoxy-2'-ethyl-5,4'-di-tert-butyloxanilide, mixtures of o- and p-methoxy- and of o- and p-ethoxy-disubstituted oxanilides.
7. 2-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazines, for example 2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)- 1 ,3,5-triazine, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-4,6-bis-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine, 2- (2, 4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propyl- oxy-phenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(4- methylphenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-dodecyloxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)- 1 ,3,5-triazine, 2-[2-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-3-butyloxy-propyloxy)phenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethyl- phenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine, 2-[2-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-3-octyloxy-propyloxy)phenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-di- methylphenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine, 2-[4-dodecyl/tridecyl-oxy-(2-hydroxypropyl)oxy-2-hydroxy-phen- yl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1 ,3,5-triazine.
8. Phosphites and phosphonites, for example triphenyl phosphite, diphenyl alkyl phosphites, phenyl dialkyl phosphites, tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite, trilauryl phosphite, trioctadecyl phosphite, distearyl pentaerythrityl diphosphite, tris-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, diisodecyl pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-isodecyloxy pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis-(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, bis- (2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, tristearyl sorbityl triphosphite, tetra- kis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)-4,4'-biphenylene diphosphonite, 6-isooctyloxy-2,4,8,10-tetra-tert- butyl-12H-dibenzo[d,g]-1 ,3,2-dioxaphosphocine, 6-fluoro-2,4,8,10-tetra-tert-butyl-12-methyl- dibenzo[d,g]-1 ,3,2-dioxaphosphocine, bis-(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) methyl phosphite and bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite.
To accelerate the photopolymerization it is possible to add amines as component (d), for example triethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, ethyl-p-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-(dime- thylamino)ethyl benzoate, 2-ethylhexyl-p-dimethylaminobenzoate, octyl-para-N,N-dimethyl- aminobenzoate, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-N-methyl-para-toluidine or Michler's ketone. The action of the amines can be intensified by the addition of aromatic ketones of the benzophenone type.
Examples of amines which can be used as oxygen scavengers are substituted N,N-dial- kylanilines, as are described in EP339841. Other accelerators, coinitiators and autoxidizers are thiols, thioethers, disulfides, phosphonium salts, phosphine oxides or phosphines, as described, for example, in EP438123, in GB2180358 and in JP Kokai Hei 6-68309. It is further possible to add chain transfer agents which are customary in the art to the compositions according to the invention as component (d). Examples are mercaptans, amines and benzothiazol.
Photopolymerization can also be accelerated by adding further photosensitizers or coinitiators (as component (d)) which shift or broaden the spectral sensitivity. These are, in particular, aromatic compounds, for example benzophenone and derivatives thereof, thioxanthone and derivatives thereof, anthraquinone and derivatives thereof, coumarin and phenothiazine and derivatives thereof, and also 3-(aroylmethylene)thiazolines, rhodanine, camphorquinone, but also eosine, rhodamine, erythrosine, xanthene, thioxanthene, acridine, e.g. 9-phenylacridine, 1 ,7-bis(9-acridinyl)heptane, 1 ,5-bis(9-acridinyl)pentane, cyanine and merocyanine dyes. Specific examples of such compounds are LThioxanthones Thioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanth- one, 2-dodecylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 1-methoxy- carbonylthioxanthone, 2-ethoxycarbonylthioxanthone, 3-(2-methoxyethoxycarbonyl)-thioxan- thone, 4-butoxycarbonylthioxanthone, 3-butoxycarbonyl-7-methylthioxanthone, 1-cyano-3- chlorothioxanthone, 1 -ethoxycarbonyl-3-chlorothioxanthone, 1 -ethoxycarbonyl-3-ethoxythio- xanthone, 1 -ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminothioxanthone, 1 -ethoxycarbonyl-3-phenylsulfurylthioxan- thone, 3,4-di-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl]-thioxanthone, 1 ,3-dimethyl-2-hydroxy-9H- thioxanthen-9-one 2-ethylhexylether, 1 -ethoxycarbonyl-3-(1 -methyl-1 -morpholinoethyl)-thio- xanthone, 2-methyl-6-dimethoxymethyl-thioxanthone, 2-methyl-6-(1 ,1-dimethoxybenzyl)-thio- xanthone, 2-morpholinomethylthioxanthone, 2-methyl-6-morpholinomethylthioxanthone, N-allylthioxanthone-3,4-dicarboximide, N-octylthioxanthone-3,4-dicarboximide, N-(1 ,1 ,3,3-tet- ramethylbutyl)-thioxanthone-3,4-dicarboximide, 1-phenoxythioxanthone, 6-ethoxycarbonyl-2- methoxythioxanthone, 6-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylthioxanthone, thioxanthone-2-carboxylic acid polyethyleneglycol ester, 2-hydroxy-3-(3,4-dimethyl-9-oxo-9H-thioxanthon-2-yloxy)- N,N,N-trimethyl-1-propanaminium chloride; 2. Benzophenones benzophenone, 4-phenyl benzophenone, 4-methoxy benzophenone, 4,4'-dimethoxy benzophenone, 4,4'-dimethyl benzophenone, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)- benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(methylethylamino)benzophen- one, 4,4'-bis(p-isopropylphenoxy)benzophenone, 4-methyl benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethyl- benzophenone, 4-(4-methylthiophenyl)-benzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxy benzo- phenone, methyl-2-benzoylbenzoate, 4-(2-hydroxyethylthio)-benzophenone, 4-(4-tolylthio)- benzophenone, 1-[4-(4-benzoyl-phenylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-2-methyl-2-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-prop- an-1-one, 4-benzoyl-N,N,N-trimethylbenzenemethanaminium chloride, 2-hydroxy-3-(4-benzo- ylphenoxy)-N,N,N-trimethyl-1-propanaminium chloride monohydrate, 4-(13-acryloyl- 1 ,4,7,10,13-pentaoxatridecyl)-benzophenone, 4-benzoyl-N,N-dimethyl-N-[2-(1-oxo-2-propen- yl)oxy]ethyl-benzenemethanaminium chloride;
3. Coumarins
Coumarin 1 , Coumarin 2, Coumarin 6, Coumarin 7, Coumarin 30, Coumarin 102, Coumarin 106, Coumarin 138, Coumarin 152, Coumarin 153, Coumarin 307, Coumarin 314, Coumarin 314T, Coumarin 334, Coumarin 337, Coumarin 500, 3-benzoyl coumarin, 3-benzoyl-7-meth- oxycoumarin, 3-benzoyl-5,7-dimethoxycoumarin, 3-benzoyl-5,7-dipropoxycoumarin, 3-ben- zoyl-6,8-dichlorocoumarin, 3-benzoyl-6-chloro-coumarin, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis[5,7-di(propoxy)- coumarin], 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-methoxycoumarin), 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylamino-couma- rin), 3-isobutyroylcoumarin, 3-benzoyl-5,7-dimethoxy-coumarin, 3-benzoyl-5,7-diethoxy-cou- marin, 3-benzoyl-5,7-dibutoxycoumarin, 3-benzoyl-5,7-di(methoxyethoxy)-coumarin, 3-ben- zoyl-5,7-di(allyloxy)coumarin, 3-benzoyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzoyl-7-diethylami- nocoumarin, 3-isobutyroyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 5,7-dimethoxy-3-(1-naphthoyl)-couma- rin, 5,7-diethoxy-3-(1-naphthoyl)-coumarin, 3-benzoylbenzo[f]coumarin, 7-diethylamino-3-thi- enoylcoumarin, 3-(4-cyanobenzoyl)-5,7-dimethoxycoumarin, 3-(4-cyanobenzoyl)-5,7-diprop- oxycoumarin, 7-dimethylamino-3-phenylcoumarin, 7-diethylamino-3-phenylcoumarin, the coumarin derivatives disclosed in JP 09-179299-A and JP 09-325209-A, for example 7-[{4-chloro-6-(diethylamino)-S-triazine-2-yl}amino]-3-phenylcoumarin;
4. 3-(aroylmethylene)-thiazolines 3-methyl-2-benzoylmethylene-β-naphthothiazoline, 3-methyl-2-benzoylmethylene-benzothia- zoline, 3-ethyl-2-propionylmethylene-β-naphthothiazoline;
5. Rhodanines
4-dimethylaminobenzalrhodanine, 4-diethylaminobenzalrhodanine, 3-ethyl-5-(3-octyl-2-ben- zothiazolinylidene)-rhodanine, the rhodanine derivatives, formulae [1], [2], [7], disclosed in JP 08-305019A; 6. Other compounds acetophenone, 3-methoxyacetophenone, 4-phenylacetophenone, benzil, 4,4'-bis(dimethyla- mino)benzil, 2-acetylnaphthalene, 2-naphthaldehyde, dansyl acid derivatives, 9,10-anthra- quinone, anthracene, pyrene, aminopyrene, perylene, phenanthrene, phenanthrenequinone, 9-fluorenone, dibenzosuberone, curcumin, xanthone, thiomichler's ketone, α-(4-dimethyla- minobenzylidene) ketones, e.g. 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentanone, 2-(4-di- methylamino-benzylidene)-indan-1 -one, 3-(4-dimethylamino-phenyl)-1 -indan-5-yl-propenone, 3-phenylthiophthalimide, N-methyl-3,5-di(ethylthio)-phthalimide, N-methyl-3,5-di(ethylthio)- phthalimide, phenothiazine, methylphenothiazine, amines, e.g. N-phenylglycine, ethyl 4-di- methylaminobenzoate, butoxyethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminoacetophen- one, triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl benzoate, poly(propylenegylcol)-4-(dimethylamino) benzoate.
A photopolymerizable composition, comprising as further additive (d) a photosensitizer com- pound selected from the group consisting of benzophenone and its derivatives, thioxanthone and its derivatives, anthraquinone and its derivatives, or coumarin derivatives is preferred.
The curing process can be assisted by adding photosensitizers, in particular, in compositions which are pigmented (for example with titanium dioxide), and also by adding a component which under thermal conditions forms free radicals, for example an azo compound such as 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), a triazene, diazo sulfide, pentazadiene or a peroxy compound, for instance a hydroperoxide or peroxycarbonate, for example t-butyl hydroperoxide, as described for example in EP245639.
The compositions according to the invention may comprise as further additive (d) a photore- ducable dye, e.g., xanthene-, benzoxanthene-, benzothioxanthene, thiazine-, pyronine-, por- phyrine- or acridine dyes, and/or trihalogenmethyl compounds which can be cleaved by irradiation. Similar compositions are for example described in EP445624.
Further additives known in the art may be added as component (d), as for example flow improvers, adhesion promoters, such as vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane vinyltris- (2-methoxyethoxy)silane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-(2-amin- oethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltri- methoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltri- methoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane. Surfactants, optical brighteners, pigments, dyes, wetting agents, levelling assistants, dispersants, aggregation preventers, antioxidants or fillers are further examples for additives (d). In order to cure thick and pigmented coatings it is appropriate to add glass microspheres or pulverized glass fibres, as described for example in US 5013768.
Further suitable components (d) are, as already mentionend above, surfactants and dis- persants and other components, in particular to support the application of pigments or colorants in the formulation.
It is preferred to apply a surface treatment to the pigments in order to make the pigment easy to disperse and to stabilize the resultant pigment dispersion. The surface treatment reagents are, for example, surfactants, polymeric dispersants, general texture improving agents, pigment derivatives and mixtures thereof. It is especially preferred when the colorant composition according to the invention comprises at least one polymeric dispersant and/or at least pigment derivative.
Suitable surfactants include anionic surfactants such as alkylbenzene- or alkylnahtha- lene-sulfonates, alkylsulfosuccinates or naphthalene formaldehyde sulfonates; cationic surfactants including, for example, quaternary salts such as benzyl tributyl ammonium chloride; or nonionic or amphoteric surfactants such as polyoxyethylene surfactants and alkyl- or amido- propyl betaines, respectively.
Illustrative examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether and polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether and polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; polyethylene glycol diesters such as polyethylene glycol di- laurate and polyethylene glycol distearate; sorbitan fatty acid esters; fatty acid modified polyesters; tertiary amine modified polyurethanes; polyethyleneimines; those available under the trade names of KP (a product of Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd), Polyflow (a product of KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd), F-Top (a product of Tochem Products Co., Ltd), MEGAFAC (a product of Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), Fluorad (a product of Sumitomo 3M Ltd), Asahi Guard and Surflon (products of Asahi Glass Co., Ltd); and the like.
These surfactants may be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
The surfactant is generally used in an amount of 50 parts or less by weight, preferably 0 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the colorant composition. Polymeric dispersants include high molecular weight polymers with pigment affinic groups. Examples are: statistical co-polymers comprised from, for instance, styrene derivatives, (meth)acrylates and (meth)acrylamides, and such statistical co-polymers modified by post modification; block co-polymers and/or comb polymers comprised from, for instance, styrene derivatives, (meth)acrylates and (meth)acrylamides, and such block co-polymers and/or comb polymers modified by post modification; polyethylenimines, which for instance is crafted with polyesters; polyamines, which for instance is crafted with polyesters; and many kinds of (modified) polyurethanes.
Polymeric dispersants may also be employed. Suitable polymeric dispersants are, for example, BYK's DISPERBYK® 101 , 1 15, 130, 140, 160, 161 , 162, 163, 164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171 , 180, 182, 2000, 2001 , 2020, 2050, 2090, 2091 , 2095, 2096, 2150, Ciba Specialty Chemicals' Ciba® EFKA® 4008, 4009, 4010, 4015, 4046, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4300, 4330, 4340, 4400, 4401 , 4402, 4403, 4406, 4500, 4510, 4520, 4530, 4540, 4550, 4560, Ajinomoto Fine Techno's PB®71 1 , 821 , 822, 823, 824, 827, Lubrizol's SOLSPERSE® 1320, 13940, 17000, 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, 28000, 31845, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33500, 34750, 36000, 36600, 37500, 39000, 41090, 44000 ,53095 and combinations thereof.
It is preferred to use Ciba® EFKA® 4046, 4047, 4060, 4300, 4330, 4340, DISPERBYK® 161 , 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 168, 169, 170, 2000, 2001 , 2020, 2050, 2090, 2091 , 2095, 2096, 2105, 2150, PB®711 , 821 , 822, 823, 824, 827, SOLSPERSE® 24000, 31845, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33500, 34750, 36000, 36600, 37500, 39000, 41090, 44000, 53095 and combinations thereof as dispersant.
Suitable texture improving agents are, for example, fatty acids such as stearic acid or behenic acid, and fatty amines such as laurylamine and stearylamine. In addition, fatty alcohles or ethoxylated fatty alcohles polyols such as aliphatic 1 ,2-diols or epoxidized soy bean oil, waxes, resin acids and resin acid salts may be used for this purpose.
Suitable pigment derivatives are, for example, copper phthalocyanine derivatives such as Ciba Specialty Chemicals' Ciba® EFKA® 6745, Lubrizol's SOLSPERSE® 5000, 12000, BYK's SYNERGIST 2100 and azo derivatives such as Ciba® EFKA® 6750, SOLSPERSE® 22000 and SYNERGIST 2105. The above mentioned dispersants and surfactants for pigments are for example employed in compositions of the present invention which are used as resist formulations, in particular in color filter formulations.
The choice of additive(s) (d) is made depending on the field of application and on properties required for this field. The additives described above are customary in the art and accordingly are added in amounts which are usual in the respective application.
Binders (e) as well can be added to the novel compositions. This is particularly expedient when the photopolymerizable compounds are liquid or viscous substances. The quantity of binder may, for example, be 2-98 %, preferably 5-95 % and especially 20-90 %, by weight relative to the overall solids content. The choice of binder is made depending on the field of application and on properties required for this field, such as the capacity for development in aqueous and organic solvent systems, adhesion to substrates and sensitivity to oxygen.
Examples of suitable binders are polymers having a molecular weight of about 2'0OO to 2'OOOOOO, preferably 3'0OO to 10OOOOO. Examples of alkali developable binders are acrylic polymer having carboxylic acid function as a pendant group, such as conventionally known copolymers obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenic unsaturated carboxylic acid such as (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxypropyl (meth)acrylic acid ita- conic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and ω-carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate, with one or more monomers selected from esters of (meth)acrylic acid, such as methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol mono(meth)acrylate, tricy- clo[5.2.1.026]decan-8-yl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylglycidyl (meth)- acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl aromatic compounds, such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, p-chlorostyrene, vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether; amide type unsaturated compounds, (meth)acrylamide diacetone acrylamide, N-methylolacrylamide, N-butoxymethacrylamide; and polyolefin type compounds, such as butadiene, isoprene, chloroprene and the like; methacrylonitrile, methyl isopropenyl ketone, mono-2-[(meth)acryloyloxy]ethyl succinate, N-phenylmaleimide, maleic anhydride, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl pivalate, polystyrene macromonomer, or polymethyl (meth)acrylate macromonomer. Examples of copolymers are copolymers of acrylates and methacrylates with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid and with styrene or substituted styrene, phenolic resins, for example novolak, (poly)hydroxystyrene, and copolymers of hydroxystyrene with alkyl acry- lates, acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid. Preferable examples of copolymers are copolymers of methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid, copolymers of methyl methacrylate/ethyl acrylate/methacrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/styrene, copolymers of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyethyl methacrylate, copolymers of methyl methacrylate/butyl methacrylate/ methacrylic acid/styrene, copolymers of methyl methacrylate/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/hydroxyphenyl methacrylate. Examples of solvent developable binder polymers are po- ly(alkyl methacrylates), poly(alkyl acrylates), poly(benzylmethacrylate-co-hydroxyethylmetha- crylate-co-methacrylic acid), poly(benzylmethacrylate-co-methacrylic acid); cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, such as cellulose acetate, cellulose acetobutyrate, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose; polyvinylbutyral, polyvinylformal, cyclized rubber, polyethers such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide and polytetrahydrofuran; polystyrene, polycarbonate, poly- urethane, chlorinated polyolefins, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride/vinylidene copolymers, copolymers of vinylidene chloride with acrylonitrile, methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate, polyvinyl acetate, copoly(ethylene/vinyl acetate), polymers such as polycaprolactam and poly(hexamethylene adipamide), and polyesters such as poly(ethylene glycol terephtalate) and poly(hexamethylene glycol succinate) and polyimide binder resins. The polyimide binder resin in the present invention can either be a solvent soluble polyimide or a polyimide precursor, for example, a poly(amic acid).
Preferred is a photopolymerizable composition, comprising as binder polymer (e), a copolymer of methacrylate and methacrylic acid. Interesting further are polymeric binder components as described e.g. in JP 10-1711 19-A, in particular for use in color filters.
The photopolymerizable compositions can be used for various purposes, for example as printing ink, e.g. screen printing inks, inks for offset- or flexo printing, as a clear finish, as a white or colored finish, for example for wood or metal, as powder coating, as a coating material, inter alia for paper, wood, metal or plastic, as a daylight-curable coating for the marking of buildings and roadmarking, for photographic reproduction techniques, for holographic recording materials, for image recording techniques or to produce printing plates which can be developed with organic solvents or with aqueous alkalis, for producing masks for screen printing, as dental filling compositions, as adhesives, as pressure-sensitive adhesives, as laminating resins, as etch resists, solder resists, electroplating resists, or permanent resists, both liquid and dry films, as photostructurable dielectric, for printed circuit boards and electronic circuits, as resists to manufacture color filters for a variety of display applications or to generate structures in the manufacturing process of plasma-display panels and electroluminescence displays, (as for example described in US5853446, EP863534, JP 09-244230-A, JP10-62980-A, JP08-171863-A, US5840465, EP855731 , JP05-271576-A, JP 05-67405-A) for the production of holographic data storage (HDS) material, for the production of optical switches, optical lattices (interference lattice), light circuits, for producing three-dimensional articles by mass curing (UV curing in transparent moulds) or by the stereo- lithography technique, as is described, for example, in US4575330, to produce composite materials (for example styrenic polyesters, which may, if desired, contain glass fibres and/or other fibres and other auxiliaries) and other thick-layered compositions, for coating or sealing electronic components and integrated circuits, or as coatings for optical fibres, or for producing optical lenses, e.g. contact lenses or Fresnel lenses. The compositions according to the invention are further suitable for the production of medical equipment, auxiliaries or implants. Further, the compositions according to the invention are suitable for the preparation of gels with thermotropic properties, as for example described in DE19700064 and EP678534.
The novel photoinitiators may additionally be employed as initiators for emulsion polymerizations, pearl polymerizations or suspension polymerizations, as polymerization initiators for fixing ordered states of liquid-crystalline monomers and oligomers, or as initiators for fixing dyes on organic materials.
In coating materials, use is frequently made of mixtures of a prepolymer with polyunsaturated monomers, which may additionally include a monounsaturated monomer as well. It is the prepolymer here which primarily dictates the properties of the coating film, and by varying it the skilled worker is able to influence the properties of the cured film. The polyunsaturated monomer functions as a crosslinking agent which renders the film insoluble. The mono- unsaturated monomer functions as a reactive diluent, which is used to reduce the viscosity without the need to employ a solvent.
Unsaturated polyester resins are usually used in two-component systems together with a monounsaturated monomer, preferably with styrene. For photoresists, specific one-compo- nent systems are often used, for example polymaleimides, polychalcones or polyimides, as described in DE 2308830.
The novel photoinitiators and mixtures thereof can also be used for the polymerization of ra- diation-curable powder coatings. The powder coatings can be based on solid resins and monomers containing reactive double bonds, for example maleates, vinyl ethers, acrylates, acrylamides and mixtures thereof. A free-radically UV-curable powder coating can be formulated by mixing unsaturated polyester resins with solid acrylamides (for example methyl methylacrylamidoglycolate) and a novel free-radical photoinitiator, such formulations being as described, for example, in the paper "Radiation Curing of Powder Coating", Conference Proceedings, Radtech Europe 1993 by M. Wittig and Th. Gohmann. The powder coatings can also contain binders, as are described, for example, in DE 4228514 and in EP 636669. Free-radically UV-curable powder coatings can also be formulated by mixing unsaturated polyester resins with solid acrylates, methacrylates or vinyl ethers and with a novel photoini- tiator (or photoinitiator mixture). The powder coatings may also comprise binders as are described, for example, in DE 4228514 and in EP 636669. The UV-curable powder coatings may additionally comprise white or coloured pigments. For example, preferably rutiletitanium dioxide can be employed in concentrations of up to 50% by weight in order to give a cured powder coating of good hiding power. The procedure normally comprises electrostatic or tribostatic spraying of the powder onto the substrate, for example metal or wood, melting of the powder by heating, and, after a smooth film has formed, radiation-curing of the coating with ultraviolet and/or visible light, using for example medium-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps or xenon lamps. A particular advantage of the radiation-curable powder coatings over their heat-curable counterparts is that the flow time after melting the powder particles can be delayed in order to ensure the formation of a smooth, high-gloss coating. In contrast to heat-curable systems, radiation-curable powder coatings can be formulated to melt at lower temperatures without the unwanted effect of shortening their lifetime. For this reason, they are also suitable as coatings for heat-sensitive substrates, for example wood or plastics. In addition to the novel photoinitiator systems, the powder coating formulations may also include UV absorbers. Appropriate examples are listed above in sections 1.-8.
The novel photocurable compositions are suitable, for example, as coating materials for substrates of all kinds, for example wood, textiles, paper, ceramics, glass, plastics such as polyesters, polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefins or cellulose acetate, especially in the form of films, and also metals such as Al, Cu, Ni, Fe, Zn, Mg or Co and GaAs, Si or SiO2 to which it is intended to apply a protective layer or, by means of imagewise exposure, to generate an image.
The novel radiation-sensitive compositions further find application as negative resists, having a very high sensitivity to light and being able to be developed in an aqueous alkaline medium without swelling. They are suitable for the production of printing forms for relief printing, planographic printing, photogravure or of screen printing forms, for the production of relief copies, for example for the production of texts in braille, for the production of stamps, for use in chemical milling or as a microresist in the production of integrated circuits. The compositions further may be used as photopatternable dielectric layer or coating, encapsulating material and isolating coating in the production of computer chips, printed boards and other electric or electronic components. The possible layer supports, and the processing conditions of the coating substrates, are just as varied.
The novel composition also relates to a photosensitive thermosetting resin composition and a method of forming a solder resist pattern by the use thereof, and more particularly relates to a novel photosensitive thermosetting resin composition useful as materials for the production of printed circuit boards, the precision fabrication of metallic articles, the etching of glass and stone articles, the relief of plastic articles, and the preparation of printing plates and particularly useful as a solder resist for printed circuit boards and to a method of forming a solder resist pattern by the steps of exposing a layer of the resin composition selectively to an actinic ray through a photomask having a pattern and developing the unexposed part of the layer.
The solder resist is a substance which is used during the soldering of a given part to a printed circuit board for the purpose of preventing molten solder from adhering to irrelevant portions and protecting circuits. It is, therefore, required to possess such properties as high adhesion, insulation resistance, resistance to soldering temperature, resistance to solvents, resistance to alkalis, resistance to acids, and resistance to plating.
Because the photocurable compositions according to the invention have a good thermal stability and are sufficiently resistant to inhibition by oxygen, they are particularly suitable for the production of color filters or color mosaic systems, such as described, for example, in EP 320 264. Color filters usually are employed in the manufacturing of LCD's, projection systems and image sensors. The color filters can be used, for example, for display and image scanner in television receivers, video monitors or computers, in flat panel display technology etc..
The color filters usually are prepared by forming red, green and blue pixels and a black matrix on a glass substrate. In these processes photocurable compositions according to the invention can be employed. A particularly preferred method of use comprises adding of the coloring matters, dyes and pigments of red, green and blue colors to the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, coating of the substrate with the composition, drying of the coating with a short heat treatment, patternwise exposure of the coating to actinic radiation and subsequent development of the pattern in an aqueous alkaline developer solution and optionally a heat treatment. Thus, by subsequently applying a red, green and blue pigmented coating, in any desired order, on top of each other with this process a color filter layer with red, green and blue color pixels can be produced.
The development is carried out by washing out the areas which were not polymerized with a suitable alkali developing solution. This process is repeated to form the image having plural colors.
In the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, with a process in which at least one or more picture elements are formed on a transparent substrate and then an exposure is given from a side of the transparent substrate, on which the above picture elements are not formed, the above picture elements can be utilized as a light-shielding mask. In this case, for example, in the case where an overall exposure is given, a position adjustment of a mask gets unnecessary and a concern on a position slippage thereof is removed. And, it is possible to cure all of the part on which the above picture elements are not formed. Further, in this case, it is possible as well to develop and remove a part of the portion on which the above picture elements are not formed by using partially a light-shielding mask.
Since in either case, no gap is formed between the picture elements which are formed formerly and those which are formed later, the composition of the present invention is suitable for, for example, a forming material for a color filter. To be concrete, the coloring matters, dyes and pigments of red, green and blue colors are added to the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and the processes for forming an image are repeated to form the picture elements of red, green and blue colors. Then, the light-sensitive resin composition to which, for example, the black coloring materials, dyes and pigments are added is provided on an overall face. An overall exposure (or a partial exposure via a light-shielding mask) can be provided thereon to form the picture elements of a black color all over the spaces (or all but a partial region of the light-shielding mask) between the picture elements of red, green and blue colors.
In addition to a process in which the light-sensitive resin composition is coated on a substrate and dried, the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used as well for a layer transfer material. That is, the light-sensitive resin composition is layer-wise provided directly on a temporary support, preferably on a polyethylene terephthalate film, or on a poly- ethylene terephthalate film on which an oxygen-shielding layer and a peeling layer or the peeling layer and the oxygen-shielding layer are provided. Usually, a removable cover sheet made of a synthetic resin is laminated thereon for a protection in handling. Further, there can be applied as well a layer structure in which an alkali soluble thermoplastic resin layer and an intermediate layer are provided on a temporary support and further a light-sensitive resin composition layer is provided thereon (JP 5-173320-A).
The above cover sheet is removed in use and the light-sensitive resin composition layer is laminated on a permanent support. Subsequently, peeling is carried out between those layer and a temporary support when an oxygen-shielding layer and a peeling layer are provided, between the peeling layer and the oxygen-shielding layer when the peeling layer and the oxygen-shielding layer are provided, and between the temporary support and the light-sensitive resin composition layer when either the peeling layer or the oxygen-shielding layer is not provided, and the temporary support is removed.
A metal support, glass, ceramics, and a synthetic resin film can be used as a support for a color filter. Glass and a synthetic resin film which is transparent and have an excellent dimension stability is particularly preferred.
The thickness of the light-sensitive resin composition layer is usually 0.1 to 50 micrometers, in particular 0.5 to 5 micrometers.
A diluted aqueous solution of an alkaline substance can be used as a developing solution for the light-sensitive resin composition of the present invention if the composition contains alkali soluble resin or alkali soluble monomers or oligomers, and further a developer solution prepared by adding a small amount of a water-miscible organic solvent thereto is included as well.
Examples of suitable alkaline materials include alkali metal hydroxides (for example, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide), alkali metal carbonates (for example, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate), alkali metal bicarbonates (for example, sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate), alkali metal silicates (for example, sodium silicate and potassium silicate), alkali metal metasilicates (for example, sodium metasilicate and potassium meta- silicate), triethanolamine, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, morpholine, tetraalkylammo- nium hydroxides (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide), or trisodium phosphate. The concetration of the alkaline substance is 0.01 to 30 weight %, and pH is preferably 8 to 14.
Suitable organic solvents which are miscible with water include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethyleneglycol dimethyl ether, pro- pyleneglycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3-methoxy- propionate, n-butyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, epsilon-caprolactone, gamma-butylolactone, di- methylformamide, dimethylacetoamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, epsilon-caprolactam, and N-methyl-pyrrolidinone. The concentration of the organic solvent which is miscible with water is 0.1 to 30 weight %.
Further, a publicly known surface active agent can be added. The concentration of the surface active agent is preferably 0.001 to 10 weight %.
The light sensitive resin composition of the present invention can also be developed with organic solvents, including blends of two or more solvents, not containing alkaline compounds. Suitable solvents include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethyleneglycol dimethyl ether, propyleneglycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, epsilon-caprolactone, gamma-butylolactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, epsilon-caprolactam, and N-methyl- pyrrolidinone. Optionally, water can be added to these solvents up to a level at which still a clear solution is obtained and at which sufficient solubility of the unexposed areas of the light sensitive composition is maintained.
The developer solution can be used in all forms known to the person skilled in the art, for example in form of a bath solution, puddle, or a spraying solution. In order to remove the non-cured portion of the light-sensitive resin composition layer, there can be combined the methods such as rubbing with a rotary brush and rubbing with a wet sponge. Usually, the temperature of the developing solution is preferably at and around room temperature to 40°C. The developing time is changeable according to the specific kind of the light-sensitive resin composition, the alkalinity and temperature of the developing solution, and the kind and concentration of the organic solvent in the case where it is added. Usually, it is 10 seconds to 2 minutes. It is possible to put a rinsing step after the development processing.
A final heat treatment is preferably carried out after the development processing. Accordingly, a support having a layer which is photopolymerized by exposing (hereinafter referred to as a photocured layer) is heated in an electric furnace and a drier, or the photocured layer is irradiated with an infrared lamp or heated on a hot plate. The heating temperature and time depend on the composition used and the thickness of the formed layer. In general, heating is preferably applied at about 120°C to about 250°C, for about 5 to about 60 minutes.
The pigment which can be comprised in the composition according to the present invention, including a pigmented color filter resist composition, is preferably a processed pigment, for example a powdery or pasty product prepared by finely dispersing a pigment into at least one resin selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, maleic acid resin and ethyl cellulose resin.
The red pigment comprises, for example, an anthraquinone type pigment alone, a diketopy- rolopyrole type pigment alone, a mixture of them or a mixture consisting of at least one of them and a disazo type yellow pigment or an isoindoline type yellow pigment, in particular C. I. Pigment Red 177 alone, C. I. Pigment Red 254 alone, a mixture of C. I. Pigment Red 177 and C. I. Pigment Red 254 or a mixture consisting of at least one member of C. I. Pigment Red 177 and C. I. Pigment Red 254, and C. I. Pigment Yellow 83 or C. I. Pigment Yellow 139 ("C.I." refers to the Color Index, known to the person skilled in the art and publicly available). Further suitable examples for the pigment are C.I. Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 168, 176, 179, 180, 185, 202, 207, 209, 214, 222, 242, 244, 255, 264, 272 and C.I. Pigment Yellow 12, 13, 14, 17, 20, 24, 31 , 53, 55, 93, 95, 109, 1 10, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 153, 154,155, 166, 168, 185, 199, 213 and C.I. Pigment Orange 43. Examples of the dyes for red color are C. I. Solvent Red 25, 27, 30, 35, 49, 83, 89, 100, 122, 138, 149, 150, 160, 179, 218, 230, C. I. Direct Red 20, 37, 39, 44, and C. I. Acid Red 6, 8, 9, 13, 14, 18, 26, 27, 51 , 52, 87, 88, 89, 92, 94, 97, 1 1 1 , 114, 1 15, 134, 145, 151 , 154, 180, 183, 184, 186, 198, C. I. Basic Red 12, 13, C. I. Disperse Red 5, 7, 13, 17 and 58. The Red dyes can be used in combination with yellow and/or orange dyes.
The green pigment comprises for instance a halogenated phthalocyanine type pigment alone or its mixture with a disazo type yellow pigment, an quinophthalone type yellow pigment or a metal complex, in particular C. I. Pigment Green 7 alone, C. I. Pigment Green 36 alone, or a mixture consisting of at least one member of C. I. Pigment Green 7, C. I. Pigment Green 36 and C. I. Pigment Yellow 83, C. I. Pigment Yellow 138 or C. I. Pigment Yellow 150. Other suitable green pigments are C.I. Pigment Green 15, 25 and 37. Examples for suitable green dyes are C. I. Acid Green 3, 9, 16, C. I. Basic Green 1 and 4.
Examples for suitable blue pigments are phthalocyanine type pigments, used either alone or in combination with an dioxazine type violet pigment, for instance, C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 alone, a combination of C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and C. I. Pigment Violet 23. Further examples for blue pigments are such of C. I. Pigment Blue 15:3, 15:4, 16, 22, 28 and 60. Other suitable pigments are C. I. Pigment Violet 14,19, 23, 29, 32, 37, 177 and C. I. Orange 73. Examples for suitable blue dyes are C. I. Solvent Blue 25, 49, 68, 78, 94, C. I. Direct Blue 25, 86, 90, 108, C. I. Acid Blue 1 , 7, 9, 15, 103, 104, 158, 161 , C. I. Basic Blue 1 , 3, 9, 25, and C. I. Disperse Blue 198.
The pigment of the photopolymeric composition for black matrix preferably comprises at least one member selected from the group consisting of carbon black, titanium black and iron oxide. However, a mixture of other pigments which, in total, give the black appearance, can also be used. For example, also C. I. Pigment Black 1 , 7 and 31 can be used alone or in combination.
Other examples of the dyes used for color filter are C. I. Solvent Yellow 2, 5, 14, 15, 16, 19, 21 , 33, 56, 62, 77, 83, 93, 162, 104, 105, 1 14, 129, 130, 162, C. I. Disperse Yellow 3, 4, 7, 31 , 54, 61 , 201 , C. I. Direct Yellow 1 , 1 1 , 12, 28, C l. Acid Yellow 1 , 3, 11 , 17, 23, 38, 40, 42, 76, 98, C. I. Basic Yellow 1 , C l. Solvent Violet 13, 33, 45, 46, C. I. Disperse Violet 22, 24, 26, 28, C. I. Acid Violet 49, C. I. Basic Violet 2, 7, 10, C. I. Solvent Orange 1 , 2, 5, 6, 37, 45, 62, 99, C. I. Acid Orange 1 , 7, 8, 10, 20, 24, 28, 33, 56, 74, C. I. Direct Orange 1 , C l. Disperse Orange 5, C I. Direct Brown 6, 58, 95, 101 , 173, C I. Acid Brown 14, C I. Solvent Black 3, 5, 7, 27, 28, 29, 35, 45 and 46.
In some special cases of manufacturing color filters, complementary colors, yellow, magenta, cyan and optionally green, are used instead of red, green and blue. As yellow for this type of color filters, the abovementioned yellow pigments and dyes can be employed. Examples of the colorants suitable for magenta color are C I. Pigment Red 122, 144, 146, 169, 177, C I. Pigment Violet 19 and 23. Examples of cyan color are aluminum phthalocyanine pigments, titanium phthalocyanine pigments, cobalt phthalocyanine pigments, and tin phthalocyanine pigments.
For any color, combinations of more than two pigments can also be used. Especially suitable in color filter applications are powdery processed pigments prepared by finely dispersing the above mentioned pigments into a resin.
The concentration of the pigment in the total solid component (pigments of various colors and resin) is for example in the range of 5% to 80% by weight, in particular in the range of 20% to 45% by weight.
The pigments in the color filter resist composition have preferably a mean particle diameter smaller than the wavelength of visible light (400 nm to 700 nm). Particularly preferred is a mean pigment diameter of < 100 nm.
If necessary, the pigments may be stabilized in the photosensitive composition by pretreat- ment of the pigments with a dispersant to improve the dispersion stability of the pigment in the liquid formulation. Suitable additives are described above.
Preferably, the color filter resist composition according to the present invention contains additionally at least one addition polymerizable monomeric compound as component (a). The ethylenically unsaturated compounds (a) include one or more olefinic double bonds. They may be of low (monomeric) or high (oligomeric) molecular mass. Examples of compounds containing a double bond are (meth)acrylic acid, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl or aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates, for example methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, isobornyl, benzyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, meth- oxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, glycerol, phenoxyethyl, methoxydiethylene glycol, ethoxydiethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, glycidyl, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl, and N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylates. Other examples are (meth)acrylonitrile, (meth)- acrylamide, N-substituted (meth)acrylamides such as N, N-dimethyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-dibutyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butyl (meth)acrylamide, and N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl ethers such as isobutyl vinyl ether, styrene, alkyl-, hydroxy- and halostyrenes, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcaprolactam, N-vinylacetoamide, N-vinyl- formamide, vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride.
Examples of polyunsaturated compounds of relatively high molecular mass (oligomers) are polyesters, polyurethanes, polyethers and polyamides, which contain ethylenically unsaturated carboxylates.
Particularly suitable examples are esters of an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyol or polyepoxide.
Examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, ita- conic acid, cinnamic acid, and unsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid or oleic acid. Acrylic and methacrylic acids are preferred.
Suitable polyols are aromatic, in particular, aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols. Examples of aromatic polyols are hydroquinone, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4- hydroxyphenyl)fluorene, novolacs and resols. Examples of aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols are alkylenediols having preferably 2 to 12 C atoms, such as ethylene glycol, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butanediol, pentanediol, hexanediol, octanediol, do- decanediol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glcyol, polyethylene glycols having molecular weights of preferably from 200 to 1500, 1 ,3-cyclopentanediol, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-cyclo- hexanediol, 1 ,4-dihydroxymethylcyclohexane, glycerol, triethanolamine, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, pentaerythritol monooxalate, dipentaerythritol, ethers of pentaerythritol with ethylene glycol or propylene glycol, ethers of dipentaerythritol with ethylene glycol or propylene glycol, sorbitol, 2,2-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]methane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]propane and 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene. Other suitable polyols are polymers and copolymers containing hydroxyl groups in the polymer chain or in side groups, examples being homopolymers or copolymers comprising vinyl alcohol or comprising hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates. Further polyols which are suitable are esters and urethanes having hydroxyl end groups.
The polyols may be partially or completely esterified with one unsaturated carboxylic acid or with different unsaturated carboxylic acids, and in partial esters the free hydroxyl groups may be modified, for example etherified or esterified with other carboxylic acids.
Examples of esters based on polyols are trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(acryloyloxypropyl)ether, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di- (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetra- ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentae- rythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate monooxalate, dipentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate mono(2-hydroxyethyl) ether, tripentaerythritol octa(meth)acrylate, 1 ,3-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1 ,4-butanediol diitaconate, hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1 ,4-cyclohexanediol di(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tri(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tetra(meth)acrylate, sorbitol penta(meth)acrylate, sorbitol hexa(meth)acrylate, oligoester (meth)acrylates, glycerol di(meth)acrylate and tri(meth)acrylate, di(meth)acrylates of polyethylene glycol with a molecular weight of from 200 to 1500, pentaerythritol diitaconate, dipentaerythritol trisitaconate, dipentaerythritol pentaitaconate, dipentaerythritol hexaitaconate, ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1 ,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1 ,4- butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, sorbitol tetraitaconate, ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, ethylene glycol dimaleate, ti- ethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, sorbitol tetramaleate, or mixtures thereof. Other examples are pentaerythritol and dipentaerythritol derivatives shown in the following formula (XII) and (XIII):
R100-(M1)P-O-CH2 CH2-O-(M1)P-R100
R100-(M1)P-O-CH2-C-CH2-O-CH2-C-CH2-O-(M1)P-R100 (X") R100-(M1)P-O-CH2 CH2-O-(M1)P-R100
R100-(M1 (XIII), wherein M1 is -(CH2CH2O)- or -[CH2CH(CH3)O]-, R100 is -COCH=CH2 or -COC(CHa)=CH2, p is O to 6 (total of p: 3 - 24), and q is O to 6 (total of q: 2 - 16).
Examples of polyepoxides are those based on the abovementioned polyols and epichloro- hydrin. Typical examples are bis(4-glycidyloxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-glycidyloxyphe- nyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-glycidyloxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-glycidyloxyphenyl)- fluorene, bis[4-(2-glycidyloxyethoxy)phenyl]methane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-glycidyloxyethoxy)phen- yl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-glycidyloxyethoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-glycidyl- oxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene, bis[4-(2-glycidyloxypropoxy)phenyl]methane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-gly- cidyloxypropoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-glycidyloxypropoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane,
9,9-bis[4-(2-glycidyloxypropoxy)phenyl]fluorene, and glycidyl ethers of phenol and cresol novolacs.
Typical examples of component (a) based on polyepoxides are 2,2-bis[4-{(2-hydroxy-3-acryl- oxy)propoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{(2-hydroxy-3-acryloxy)propoxyethoxy}phenyl]prop- ane, 9,9-bis[4-{(2-hydroxy-3-acryloxy)propoxy}phenyl]fluorene, 9,9-bis[4-{(2-hydroxy-3-acryl- oxy)propoxyethoxy}phenyl]fluorine, and reaction products of epoxy resins based on novolacs with (meth)acrylic acid.
Polyethers obtained from the reaction of the abovementioned polyols or polyepoxides with the unsaturated counpounds with a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl alcohol can also be used as component (a).
Also suitable as components (a) are the amides of identical or different, unsaturated carboxylic acids with aromatic, cycloaliphatic and aliphatic polyamines having preferably 2 to 6, especially
2 to 4, amino groups. Examples of such polyamines are ethylenediamine, 1 ,2- or 1 ,3-propylenediamine, 1 ,2-, 1 ,3- or 1 ,4-butylenediamine, 1 ,5-pentylenediamine, 1 ,6-hexyle- nediamine, octylenediamine, dodecylenediamine, 1 ,4-diaminocyclohexane, isophoronediami- ne, phenylenediamine, bisphenylenediamine, di-β-aminoethyl ether, diethylenetriamine, tri- ethylenetetramine, di(β-aminoethoxy)- or di(β-aminopropoxy)ethane. Other suitable poly- amines are polymers and copolymers, preferably with additional amino groups in the side chain, and oligoamides having amino end groups. Examples of such unsaturated amides are methylenebisacrylamide, 1 ,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, diethylenetriaminetrismethacryl- amide, bis(methacrylamidopropoxy)ethane, β-methacrylamidoethyl methacrylate and N[(β-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]acrylamide.
Other examples are unsaturated urethanes derived from a polyisocyanate and an unsaturated compound having a hydroxy group or from a polyisocyanate, a polyol and an unsaturated compound having a hydroxy group.
Other examples are polyesters, polyamides, or polyurethanes having ethylenically unsaturated groups in the chain. Suitable unsaturated polyesters and polyamides are also derived, for example, from maleic acid and diols or diamines. Some of the maleic acid can be replaced by other dicarboxylic acids. The polyesters and polyamides may also be derived from dicarboxylic acids and ethylenically unsaturated diols or diamines, especially from those with relatively long chains of, for example 6 to 20 C atoms. Examples of polyurethanes are those composed of saturated or unsaturated diisocyanates and of unsaturated or, respectively, saturated diols.
Other suitable polymers with acrylate or methacrylate groups in the side chains are, for example, solvent soluble or alkaline soluble polyimide precursors, for example poly(amic acid ester) compounds, having the photopolymerizable side groups either attached to the backbone or to the ester groups in the molecule, i.e. according to EP624826. Such oligomers or polymers can be formulated optionally with reactive diluents, like polyfunctional (meth)acrylates in order to prepare highly sensitive polyimide precursor resists.
Further examples of the component a) are also polymers or oligomers having at least one carboxyl function and at least two ethylenically unsaturated groups within the molecular structure, such as a resin obtained by the reaction of a saturated or unsaturated polybasic acid anhydride with a product of the reaction of phenol or cresol novolac epoxy resin and an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, for example, commercial products such as EB9696, UCB Chemicals; KAYARAD TCR1025, Nippon Kayaku Cc1LTD. Examples of the polybasic acid anhydride are maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophathalic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, glutaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, diglycolic anhydride, iminodiacetic anhydride, 1 ,1-cyclopentanediacetic anhydride, 3,3-dimethylglutaric anhydride, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric anhydride, 2-phenylglutaric anhydride, homophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, benzophenone tetracar- boxylic acid dianhydride, biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, and biphenylether tetra- carboxylic acid dianhydride.
Other examples are the products from the polycondensation reaction and/or addition reaction of the compound of formula (XIV) with one or more abovementioned polybasic acid anhydrides.
(XIV)
wherein Y1 is ;
R200 is hydrogen or methyl,
R30O and R40O independently of each other are hydrogen, methyl, Cl, or Br, M2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, x is 0 to 5, and y is 1 to 10. Examples of such compounds as component (a) are described in JP2002-206014A, JP2004-69754A, JP2004-302245A, JP2005-77451A, JP2005-316449A, JP2005-338328A and JP3754065B2.
Polymers or oligomers as abovementioned have for example a molecular weight of about 1 O00 to rOOO'OOO, preferably 2'0OO to 200'0OO and an acid value of about 10 to 200 mg KOH/g, preferably 20 to 180 mg KOH/g.
A preferred photopolymerizable composition comprises as component (a) a compound having at least two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and at least one carboxylic acid group in the molecule, in particular a reaction product obtained by adding an epoxy group containing unsaturated compound to a part of the carboxyl groups of a carboxylic acid group containing polymer or a reaction product of the compound shown below with one or more polybasic acid anhydrides. Further preferred components (a) comprise a compound obtained from the reaction of a compound of the formula XIV with one or more polybasic acid anhydrides.
Further examples are reaction products obtained by adding an epoxy group containing un- saturated compound to a part of the carboxyl groups of a carboxylic acid group containing polymer. As the carboxylic acid containing polymer, the abovementioned binder polymers which are resulting from the reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid compound with one or more polymerizable compounds, for example, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid, styrene and α-methystyrene, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid, N-phenylmaleimide, styrene and benzyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and styrene, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and benzyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, styrene and (meth)acrylic acid, and the like.
Examples of the unsaturated compounds having an epoxy group are given below in the formula (V-1 ) - (V-15);
o CCHH == CC--CC--OθH-MVL3--CCHH-η/>
R50 O R50 O
;H =C-C-O-7 — \ /— o / — r-o CH =C-C-O-7 — ^ o— ^ , — r-c
wherein R50 is hydrogen or methyl group, M3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Among these compounds, compounds having alicyclic epoxy groups are particularly preferred, because these compounds have a high reactivity with carboxyl group-containing resins, accordingly the reaction time can be shortened. These compounds further do not cause gelation in the process of reaction and make it possible to carry out the reaction stably. On the other hand, glycidyl acrylate and glycidyl methacrylate are advantageous from the viewpoint of sensitivity and heat resistance because they have a low molecular weight and can give a high conversion of esterification.
Concrete examples of the abovementioned compounds are, for example a reaction product of a copolymer of styrene, α-methyl styrene and acrylic acid or a copolymer of methyl methacrylate and acrylic acid with 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate.
Unsaturated compounds having a hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and glycerol mono(meth)acrylate can be used instead of the above mentioned epoxy group con- taining unsaturated compounds as the reactant for carboxylic acid group containing polymers.
Other examples are half esters of anhydride containing polymers, for example reaction products of a copolymer of maleic anhydride and one or more other polymerizable compounds with (meth)acrylates having an alcoholic hydroxy group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate or having an epoxy group for example such as the compounds described in the formula (V- 1 ) - (V-15).
Reaction products of polymers having alcoholic hydroxy groups such as copolymers of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, benzy methacylate and styrene, with (meth)acrylic acid or (meth)acryl chloride can also be used as component (a).
Other examples are reaction products of a polyester with terminal unsaturated groups, which is obtained from the reaction of a dibasic acid anhydride and a compound having at least two epoxy groups followed by further reaction with an unsaturated compound, with a polybasic acid anhydride.
Further examples are resins obtained by the reaction of a saturated or unsaturated polybasic acid anhydride with a reaction product obtained by adding epoxy group containing (meth)acrylic compound to all of the carboxyl groups of a carboxylic acid containing polymer as mentioned above.
The photopolymerizable compounds can be used alone or in any desired mixtures.
In a color filter resist composition the whole amount of the monomers contained in the photopolymerizable composition is preferably 5 to 80 % by weight, in particular 10 to 70 % by weight based on the whole solid contents of the composition, i.e. the amount of all components without the solvent(s).
As the binder used in the color filter resist composition, which is soluble in an alkaline aqueous solution and insoluble in water, for example, a homopolymer of a polymerizable compound having one or more acid groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the molecule, or a copolymer of two or more kinds thereof, and a copolymer of one or more po- lymerizable compounds having one or more unsaturated bonds copolymerizable with these compounds and containing no acid group, can be used. Such compounds can be obtained by copolymerizing one or more kinds of a low molecular compound having one or more acid groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the molecule with one or more polymerizable compounds having one or more unsaturated bonds copolymerizable with these compounds and containing no acid group. Examples of acids groups are, a -COOH group, a -SO3H group, a -SO2NHCO- group, a phenolic hydroxy group, a -SO2NH- group, and a -CO-NH-CO- group. Among those, a high molecular compound having a -COOH group is particularly preferred.
Preferably, the organic polymer binder in the color filter resist composition comprises an alkali soluble copolymer comprising, as addition polymerizable monomer units, at least an unsaturated organic acid compound such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and the like. It is preferred to use as a further co-monomer for the polymer binder an unsaturated organic acid ester compound such as methyl acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene and the like to balance properties such as alkaline solubility, adhesion rigidity, chemical resistance etc..
The organic polymer binder can either be a random co-polymer or a block-co-polymer, for example, such as described in US 5368976. Examples of polymerizable compounds having one or more acid group and one or more po- lymerizable unsaturated bond in the molecule include the following compounds:
Examples of the polymerizable compounds having one or more -COOH groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in a molecule are (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid, 2-carboxypropyl (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] succinate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] adipate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] phthalate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] hexahydrophtha- late, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] maleate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl] succinate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl] adipate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl] phthalate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl] hexahydrophthalate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl] maleate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxybutyl] succinate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxybutyl] adipate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxybutyl] phthalate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxybutyl] hexahydrophthalate, mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxybutyl] maleate, 3-(alkylcarbamoyl)acrylic acid, α-chloro- acrylic acid, maleic acid, monoesterified maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, maleic anhydride, and ω-carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate.
Vinylbenzenesulfonic acid and 2-(meth)acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid are examples of the polymerizable compounds having one or more -SO3H groups and one or more poly- merizable unsaturated bonds.
N-methylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide, N-phenylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide, and N-(p-methylphenylsulfonyl) (meth)acrylamide are examples of the polymerizable compounds having one or more -SO2NHCO- groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds.
Examples of polymerizable compounds having one or more phenolic hydroxy groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in a molecule include hydroxyphenyl (meth)- acrylamide, dihydroxyphenyl (meth)acrylamide, hydroxyphenyl-carbonyloxyethyl (meth)acry- late, hydroxyphenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyphenylthioethyl (meth)acrylate, dihydrox- yphenylcarbonyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, dihydroxyphenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and dihydr- oxy-phenylthioethyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the polymerizable compound having one or more -SO2NH- groups and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in the molecule include compounds represented by formula (a) or (b):
CH2= CHA1-Y1-A2-SO2-NH-A3 (a) CH2 = CHA4-Y2-A5-NH-SO2-A6 (b) wherein Y1 and Y2 each represents -COO-, -CONA7-, or a single bond; A1 and A4 each represents H or CH3; A2 and A5 each represents CrC12alkylene optionally having a substituent, cycloalkylene, arylene, or aralkylene, or C2-C12alkylene into which an ether group and a thio- ether group are inserted, cycloalkylene, arylene, or aralkylene; A3 and A6 each represents H, C-ι-C12alkyl optionally having a substituent, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group; and A7 represents H, CrC12alkyl optionally having a substituent, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
The polymerizable compounds having one or more -CO-NH-CO- group and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bond include maleimide and N-acryloyl-acrylamide. These polymeriz- able compounds become the high molecular compounds comprising a -CO-NH-CO- group, in which a ring is formed together with a primary chain by polymerization. Further, a methacrylic acid derivative and an acrylic acid derivative each having a -CO-NH-CO- group can be used as well. Such methacrylic acid derivatives and the acrylic acid derivatives include, for example, a methacrylamide derivative such as N-acetylmethacrylamide, N-propionylmethacrylamide, N-butanoylmethacrylamide, N-pentanoylmethacrylamide, N-decanoylmethacrylamide, N-do- decanoylmethacrylamide, N-benzoylmethacrylamide, N-(p-methylbenzoyl)methacryl-amide, N-(p-chlorobenzoyl)methacrylamide, N-(naphthyl-carbonyl)methacrylamide, N-(phenylacet- yl)-methacryl-amide, and 4-methacryloylaminophthalimide, and an acrylamide derivative having the same substituent as these. These polymerizable compounds polymerize to be compounds having a -CO-NH-CO- group in a side chain.
Examples of polymerizable compounds having one or more polymerizable unsaturated bond and containing no acid group include a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond, selected from esters of (meth)acrylic acid, such as methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol mono(meth)acrylate, dihydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, meth- oxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, meth- oxydiethyleneglycol (meth)acrylate, methoxytriethyleneglycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, methoxydipropyleneglycol (meth)acrylate, isobornyl meth(acrylate), dicyclo- pentadienyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclo[5.2.1.026]- decan-8-yl (meth)acrylate, aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)- acrylate, aminopropyl (meth)acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl (meth)acrylate; vinyl aromatic compounds, such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, p-chlorostyrene, polychlorostyrene, fluorostyrene, bromostyrene, ethoxymethyl styrene, methoxystyrene, 4-methoxy-3-methystyrene, dimethoxystyrene, vinylbenzyl methyl ether, vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, indene, 1-methylindene; vinyl or allyl esters, such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butylate, vinyl pivalate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl trimethylacetate, vinyl diethylacetate, vinyl barate, vinyl caproate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl dichloroacetate, vinyl methoxyacetate, vinyl butoxyacetate, vinyl phenylacetate, vinyl acetate, vinyl acetoace- tate, vinyl lactate, vinyl phenylbutylate, vinyl cyclohexylcarboxylate, vinyl salicylate, vinyl chlorobenzoate, vinyl tetrachlorobenzoate, vinyl naphthoate, allyl acetate, allyl propionate, allyl butylate, allyl pivalate, allyl benzoate, allyl caproate, allyl stearate, allyl acetoacetate, allyl lactate; vinyl or allyl ethers, such as vinyl methyl ether, vinyl ethyl ether, vinyl hexyl ether, vinyl octyl ether, vinyl ethylhexyl ether, vinyl methoxyethyl ether, vinyl ethoxyethyl ether, vinyl chloroethyl ether, vinyl hydroxyethyl ether, vinyl ethybutyl ether, vinyl hydroxyethoxyethyl ether, vinyl dimethylaminoethyl ether, vinyl diethylaminoethyl ether, vinyl butylaminoethyl ether, vinyl benzyl ether, vinyl tetrahydrofurfuryl ether, vinyl phenyl ether, vinyl tolyl ether, vinyl chlorophenyl ether, vinyl chloroethyl ether, vinyl dichlorophenyl ether, vinyl naphthyl ether, vinyl anthryl ether, allyl glycidyl ether; amide type unsaturated compounds, such as (meth)acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-dibutyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-diethylhexyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-dicyclohexyl (meth)acrylamide, N, N-diphenyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl-N-phenyl (meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl-N-methyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth)acryl- amide, N-propyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butyl (meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl (meth)- acrylamide, N-heptyl (meth)acrylamide, N-octyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethyhexyl (meth)- acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylamidecyclohexyl, N-benzyl (meth)acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth)acrylamide, N-tolyl (meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxyphenyl (meth)acrylamide, N-naphthyl (meth)acrylamide, N-phenylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methylphenylsulfonyl (meth)acrylamide and N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, diacetone acrylamide, N-methylol acrylamide, N-butoxyacrylamide; polyolefin type compounds, such as butadiene, isoprene, chloroprene and the like; (meth)acrylonitrile, methyl isopropenyl ketone, maleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, N-methylphenylmaleimide, N-methoxyphenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexyl- maleimide, N-alkylmaleimide, maleic anhydride, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl (meth)acrylate macromonomer, polybutyl (meth)acrylate macromonomer; crotonates, such as butyl crotonate, hexyl crotonate, glycerine monocrotonate; and itaconates, such as dimethyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate, dibutyl itaconate; and maleates or fumarates, such as dimethyl mareate, dibutyl fumarate.
Preferable examples of copolymers are copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate/, ethyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and styrene, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)ac- rylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate/, butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and styrene, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, (metha)crylic acid and hydroxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and polymethyl (meth)acrylate macromonomer, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and polymethyl (meth)acrylate macromonomer, copolymers of tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, styrene and (meth)acrylic acid, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and polystyrene macromonomer, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and polystyrene macromonomer, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and polystyrene macromonomer, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate and polystyrene macromonomer, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate and polymethyl (meth)acrylate macromonomer, copolymers of methyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and polystyrene macromonomer, copolymers of benzyl (metha)crylate, (meth)acrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and polymethyl (meth)acrylate macromonomer, copolymers of N-phenylmaleimide, benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and styrene, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, N-phenylmaleimide, mono-[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] succinate and styrene, copolymers of allyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, N-phenylmaleimide, mono-[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] succinate and styrene, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, N-phenylmaleimide, glycerol mono(meth)acrylate and styrene, copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, ω-carboxypolycapro- lactone mono(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, N-phenylmaleimide, glycerol mono(meth)- acrylate and styrene, and copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, N-cyclo- hexylmaleimide and styrene.
The term "(meth)acrylate" in the context of the present application is meant to refer to the acrylate as well as to the corresponding methacrylate.
There can be used as well hydroxystyrene homo- or co-polymers or a novolak type phenol resin, for example, poly(hydroxystyrene) and poly(hydroxystyrene-co-vinylcyclohexanol), a novolak resin, a cresol novolak resin, and a halogenated phenol novolak resin. More specifically, it includes, for example, the methacrylic acid copolymers, the acrylic acid copolymers, the itaconic acid copoymers, the crotonic acid copolymers, the maleic anhydride co-polymers, for example, with styrene as a co-monomer, and maleic acid copolymers, and partially es- terified maleic acid copolymers each described in, for example, JP 59-44615-B4 (the term "JP-B4" as used herein refers to an examined Japanese patent publication), JP 54-34327-B4, JP 58-12577-B4, and JP 54-25957-B4, JP 59-53836-A, JP 59-71048-A, JP 60-159743-A, JP 60-258539-A, JP 1-152449-A, JP 2-199403-A, and JP 2-199404-A, and which copolymers can be further reacted with an amine, as e.g disclosed in US5650263; further, a cellulose derivative having a carboxyl group on a side chain can be used, and particularly preferred are copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid and copolymers of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers, for example as described in US 4139391 , JP 59-44615-B4, JP 60-159743-A and JP 60-258539-A.
With respect to those having carboxylic acid groups among the above organic binder polymers, it is possible to react some or all of the carboxylic acid groups with glycidyl(meth)acrylate or an epoxy(meth)acrylate to obtain photopolymerizable organic binder polymers for the purpose of improving the photosensitivity, coating film strength, the coating solvent and chemical resistance and the adhesion to the substrate. Examples are disclosed in, JP 50-34443-B4 and JP 50-34444-B4, US5153095, by T. Kudo et al. in J. Appl. Phys., Vol. 37 (1998), p. 3594-3603, US5677385, and US5650233.
The weight-average molecular weight of the binders is preferably 500 to 10OOOOO, e.g. 3'0OO to rOOO'OOO, more preferably 5'0OO to 400O00. These compounds may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more kinds. The content of the binder in the light-sensitive resin composition is preferably 10 to 95 weight %, more preferably 15 to 90 weight % based on the whole solid matters.
Further, in the color filter the total solid component of each color may contain an ionic impurity-scavenger, e.g. an organic compound having an epoxy group. The concentration of the ionic impurity scavenger in the total solid component generally is in the range from 0.1 % by weight to 10% by weight.
Examples of color filters, especially with respect to the above described combinations of pigments and ionic impurity scavenger are given in EP320264. It is understood, that the photoinitiators according to the present invention, i.e. the compounds of the formulae I and Il in the color filter formulations described in EP320264 can replace the triazine initiator compounds.
The compositions according to this invention can comprise additionally a crosslinking agent which is activated by an acid, for example as described in JP 10 221843-A, and a compound which generates acid thermally or by actinic radiation and which activates a crosslinking reaction. The compositions according to this invention can also comprise latent pigments which are transformed into finely dispersed pigments during the heat treatment of the latent pigment containing photosensitive pattern or coating. The heat treatment can be performed after exposure or after development of the latent pigment-containing photoimageable layer. Such latent pigments are soluble pigment precursors which can be transformed into insoluble pigments by means of chemical, thermal, photolytic or radiation induced methods as described, for exam- pie, in US5879855. This transformation of such latent pigments can be enhanced by adding a compound which generates acid at actinic exposure or by adding an acidic compound to the composition. Therefore, a color filter resist can also be prepared, which comprises a latent pigment in a composition according to this invention.
Examples for color filter resists, the composition of such resists and the processing conditions are given by T. Kudo et al., Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Vol. 37 (1998) 3594; T. Kudo et al., J. Pho- topolym. Sci. Technol. VoI 9 (1996) 109; K. Kobayashi, Solid State Technol. Nov. 1992, p. S15-S18; US5368976; US5800952; US5882843; US5879855; US5866298; US5863678; JP 06-230212-A; EP320264; JP 09-269410-A; JP 10-221843-A; JP 01 -090516-A; JP 10-1711 19-A, US5821016, US5847015, US5882843, US5719008, EP881541 , or EP902327. The photoinitiators of the present invention can be used in color filter resists, for example, such as those given as examples above, or can partially or fully replace the known photoinitiators in such resists. It is understood by a person skilled in the art that the use of the new photoinitiators of the present invention is not limited to the specific binder resins, crosslinkers and formulations of the color filter resist examples given hereinbefore but can be used in conjunction with any radically polymerizable component in combination with a dye or color pigment or latent pigment to form a photosensitive color filter ink or color filter resist.
Accordingly, subject of the invention also is a color filter prepared by providing red, green and blue (RGB) colour elements and, optionally a black matrix, all comprising a photosensitive resin and a pigment on a transparent substrate and providing a transparent electrode either on the surface of the substrate or on the surface of the color filter layer, wherein said photosen- sitive resin comprises a polyfunctional acrylate monomer, an organic polymer binder and a photopolymerization initiator of formula I or Il as described above. The monomer and binder components, as well as suitable pigments are as described above. In the manufacture of color filters the transparent electrode layer can either be applied on the surface of the transparent substrate or can be provided on the surface of the red, green and blue picture elements and the black matrix. The transparent substrate is for example a glass substrate which can additionally have an electrode layer on its surface.
It is preferred to apply a black matrix between the color areas of different color in order to improve the contrast of a color filter.
Instead of forming a black matrix using a photosensitive composition and patterning the black photosensitive composition photolithographically by patternwise exposure (i.e. through a suitable mask) to form the black pattern separating the red green and blue coloured areas on the tranparent substrate it is alternatively possible to use an inorganic black matrix. Such inorganic black matrix can be formed from deposited (i.e. sputtered) metal (i.e. chromium) film on the transparent substrate by a suitable imaging process, for example utilizing photolithographic patterning by means of an etch resist, etching the inorganic layer in the areas not protected by the etch resist and then removing the remaining etch resist. There are different methods known how and at which step in the color filter manufacturing process the black matrix can be applied. It can either be applied directly on the transparent substrate prior to formation of the red, green and blue (RGB) colour filter as already mentioned above, or it can be applied after the RGB colour filter is formed on the substrate.
In a different embodiment of a color filter for a liqid crystal display, according to US 626796, the black matrix can also be applied on the substrate opposite to the RGB color filter element-carrying substrate, which is separated from the former by a liquid crystal layer.
If the transparent electrode layer is deposited after applying the RGB color filter elements and -optionally - the black matrix, an additional overcoat film as aprotective layer can be applied on the color filter layer prior to deposition of the electrode layer, for example, as described in US 5650263.
To form an overcoat layer of a color filter, photosensitive resin or thermosetting resin compositions are employed. The photosensitive composition of the present invention can also be used to form such overcoat layers, because a cured film of the composition is excellent in flatness, hardness, chemical and thermal resistance, transparency especially in a visible region, adhesion to a substrate, and suitability for forming a transparent conductive film, e.g., an ITO film, thereon. In the production of a protective layer, there has been a demand that unnecessary parts of the protective layer, for example on scribing lines for cutting the substrate and on bonding pads of solid image sensors should be removed from the substrate as described in JP57-42009-A, JP1-130103-A and JP1-134306-A. In this regard, it is difficult to selectively form a protective layer with good precision using the above-mentioned thermoset- ting resins. The photosensitive composition, however, allows to easily remove the unnecessary parts of the protective layer by photolithography.
It is obvious to those skilled in the art, that the photosensitive compositions of the present invention can be used for generating red, green and blue color pixels and a black matrix, for the manufacture of a color filter, regardless of the above described differences in processing, regardless, of additional layers which can be applied and regardless of differences in the design of the color filter. The use of a composition according to the present invention to form colored elements shall not be regarded as limited by different designs and manufacturing processes of such color filters. The photo-sensitive composition of the present invention can suitably be used for forming a color filter but will not be limited to this application. It is useful as well for a recording material, a resist material, a protective layer, a dielectric layer, in display applications and display ele- ments, a paint, and a printing ink.
The photosensitive compositions according to the invention are also suitable for manufacturing interlayer insulating layers or dielectric layers in a liquid crystal display, and more particularly in a reflection type liquid crystal display including an active matrix type display having a thin film transistor (TFT) as a switching device, and a passive matrix type without a switching device. In recent years, liquid crystal displays have, for example, been widely used for pocket-type TV sets and terminal devices for communication by virtue of its small thickness and light weight. A reflection type liquid crystal display without necessity of using a back light is in particular in demand because it is ultra-thin and light-weight, and it can significantly reduce power con- sumption. However, even if a back light is removed out of a presently available transmission type color liquid crystal display and a light reflection plate is added to a lower surface of the display, it would cause a problem in that the efficiency of utilizing lights is low, and it is not possible to have practical brightness. As a solution to this problem, there have been suggested various reflection type liquid crystal displays for enhancing an efficiency of utilizing lights. For instance, a certain reflection type liquid crystal display is designed to include a pixel electrode having reflection function. The reflection type liquid crystal display includes an insulating substrate and an opposing substrate spaced away from the insulating substrate. A space between the substrates is filled with liquid crystals. A gate electrode is formed on the insulating substrate, and both the gate electrode and the insulating substrate are covered with a gate insulating film. A semiconductor layer is then formed on the gate insulating film above the gate electrode. A source electrode and a drain electrode are also formed on the gate insulating film in contact with the semiconductor layer. The source electrode, the drain electrode, the semiconductor layer, and the gate electrode cooperate with one another to thereby constitute a bottom gate type TFT as a switching device.
An interlayer insulating film is formed covering the source electrode, the drain electrode, the semiconductor layer, and the gate insulating film therewith. A contact hole is formed throughout the interlayer insulating film on the drain electrode. A pixel electrode made of aluminum is formed on both the interlayer insulating film and an inner sidewall of the contact hole. The drain electrode of the TFT is eventually in contact with the pixel electrode through the interlayer insulating film. The interlayer insulating layer is generally designed to have a roughened surface by which the pixel electrode acts as a reflection plate which diffuses lights to get a wider angle for viewing (angle of visibility). The reflection type liquid crystal display remarkably enhances an efficiency of using lights by virtue that the pixel electrode acts as a light reflection plate.
In the above-mentioned reflection type liquid crystal display, the interlayer insulating film is designed to have projections and recesses by photolithography. To form and control a fine shape of the projections and recesses in micrometer order for surface roughness and to form contact holes, photolithography methods using positive and negative photoresists are used. For these resists the compositions according to the invention are especially suitable.
The photosensitive compositions according to the invention can further be used for manufacturing spacers, which control a cell gap of the liquid crystal part in liquid crystal display panels. Since the properties of light transmitted or reflected through the liquid crystal layer in a liquid crystal display are dependent on the cell gap, the thickness accuracy and uniformity over the pixel array are critical parameters for the performance of the liquid crystal display unit. In a liquid crystal cell, the spacing between the substrates in the cell is maintained constant by sparsely distributing glass or polymer spheres about several micrometers in diameter as spacers between the substrates. The spacers are thus held between the substrates to maintain the distance between the substrates at a constant value. The distance is determined by the diameter of the spacers. The spacers assure the minimum spacing between the substrates; i.e., they prevent a decrease in distance between the substrates. However, they cannot prevent the substrates from being separated apart from each other, i.e. the increase in distance between the substrates. Additionally, this method of using spacer beads has problems of the uniformity in the diameter of spacer beads and difficulty in the even dispersion of spacer beads on the panel, as well as nonuniform orientation and decrease in brightness and/or optical aperture depending on the location of spacers on pixel array region. Liquid crystal displays having a large image display area have recently been attracting much atten- tion. However, the increase in the area of a liquid crystal cell generally produces the distortion of the substrates constituting the cell. The layer structure of the liquid crystal tends to be destroyed due to the deformation of the substrate. Thus, even when spacers are used for maintaining the spacing between the substrates constant, a liquid crystal display having a large image display area is unfeasible because the display experiences disturbances. Instead of the above spacer sphere dispersion method, a method of forming columns in the cell gap as spacers has been proposed. In this method, columns of a resin are formed as spacers in the region between the pixel array region and the counter electrode to form a prescribed cell gap. Photosensitive materials having adhesive properties with photolithography are commonly used, for instance, in the manufacturing process of color filters. This method is advantageous compared with the conventional method using spacer beads in the points that location, number and height of the spacers may be controlled freely. In a color liquid crystal display panel, such spacers are formed in the nonimaging area under black matrix of color filter elements. Therefore, the spacers formed using photosensitive compositions do not decrease brightness and optical aperture.
Photosensitive compositions for producing protective layer with spacers for color filters are disclosed in JP 2000-81701 -A and dry film type photoresists for spacer materials are also disclosed in JP 11-174459-A and JP 1 1-174464-A. As described in the documents, the photosensitive compositions, liquid and dry film photoresists, are comprising at least an alka- line or acid soluble binder polymer, a radically polymerizable monomer, and a radical initiator. In some cases, thermally crosslinkable components such as epoxide and carboxylic acid may additionally be included.
The steps to form spacers using a photosensitive composition are as follows: a photosensitive composition is applied to the substrate, for instance a color filter panel and after the substrate is prebaked, it is exposed to light through a mask. Then, the substrate is developed with a developer and patterned to form the desired spacers. When the composition contains some thermosetting components, usually a postbaking is carried out to thermally cure the composition. The photocurable compositions according to the invention are suitable for producing spacers for liquid crystal displays (as described above) because of their high sensitivity.
The photosensitive compositions according to the invention are also suitable for manufacturing microlens arrays used in liquid crystal display panels, image sensors and the like. Microlenses are microscopic passive optical components that fit on active optoelectronic de- vices such as detectors, displays, and light emitting devices(light-emitting diodes, transversal and vertical cavity lasers) to improve their optical input or output quality. The areas of applications are wide and cover areas such as telecommunications, information technology, audio-visual services, solar cells, detectors, solid-state light sources, and optical interconnects. Present optical systems use a variety of techniques to obtain efficient coupling between mi- crolenses and microoptical devices.
The microlens arrays are used for condensing illuminating light on the picture element regions of a nonluminescent display device, such as a liquid crystal display devices, to increase the brightness of the display, for condensing incident light or as a means for forming an image on the photoelectric conversion regions of a line image sensor used for example in facsimiles and the like to improve the sensitivity of these devices, and for forming an image to be printed on a photosensitive means used in liquid crystal printers or light emitting diode (LED) printers. The most common application is their use to improve the efficiency of photodetector arrays of a solid-state image sensing device such as a charge coupled device (CCD). In a detector array, the collection of as much light as possible in each detector element or pixel is wanted. If a microlens is put on top of each pixel, the lens collects incoming light and focuses it onto an active area that is smaller than the size of the lens. According to the prior-art, microlens arrays can be produced by a variety of methods; (1 ) A method for obtaining convex lenses wherein a pattern of the lenses in a planar configuration is drawn on a thermoplastic resin by a conventional photolithographic technique or the like, and then the thermoplastic resin is heated to a temperature above the softening point of the resin to have flowability, thereby causing a sag in the pattern edge (so called "reflowing") (see, e.g., JP 60-38989-A, JP 60-165623-A, JP 61-67003-A, and JP 2000-39503-A). In this method, when the thermoplastic resin used is photosensitive, a pattern of the lenses can be obtained by exposure of this resin to light.
(2) A method for forming a plastic or glass material by the use of a mold or a stamper. As lens material, a photocurable resin and a thermosetting resin can be used in this method (see, e.g., WO99/38035). (3) A method for forming convex lenses on the basis of a phenomenon in which when a photosensitive resin is exposed to light in a desired pattern by the use of an aligner, unreacted monomers move from the unexposed regions to the exposed regions, resulting in a swell of the exposed regions (see, e.g., Journal of the Research Group in Microoptics Japanese Society of Applied Physics, Colloquium in Optics, Vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 118-123 (1987) and Vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 87-92(1988)).
On the upper surface of a supporting substrate, a photosensitive resin layer is formed. Thereafter, with the use of a separate shading mask, the upper surface of the photosensitive resin layer is illuminated with light from a mercury lamp or the like, so that the photosensitive resin layer is exposed to the light. As a result, the exposed portions of the photosensitive resin layer swell into the shape of convex lenses to form the light condensing layer having a plurality of microlens.
(4) A method for obtaining convex lenses wherein a photosensitive resin is exposed to light by a proximity exposure technique in which a photomask is not brought into contact with the resin, to cause a blur at the pattern edge, so that the amount of photochemical reaction products is distributed depending upon the degree of blurring at the pattern edge (see, e.g., JP 61-153602-A).
(5) A method for generating a lens effect wherein a photosensitive resin is exposed to light with a particular intensity distribution to form a distribution pattern of refractive index depending upon the light intensity (see, e.g., JP 60-72927-A and JP 60-166946-A).
The photosensitive compositions according to the invention can be used in any one of the above-mentioned methods to form microlens arrays using photocurable resin compositions.
A particular class of techniques concentrates on forming microlenses in thermoplastic resins like photoresist. An example is published by Popovic et al. in the reference SPIE 898, pp.23-25 (1988). The technique, named reflow technique, comprises the steps of defining the lenses' footprint in a thermoplastic resin, e.g. by photolithography in a photosensitive resin like a photoresist, and subsequently heating this material above its reflow temperature. The surface tension draws the island of photoresist into a spherical cap with a volume equal to the original island before the reflow. This cap is a plano-convex microlens. Advantages of the technique are, amongst others, the simplicity, the reproducibility, and the possibility of integration directly on top of a light-emitting or light-detecting optoelectronic device. In some cases, an overcoat layer is formed on the patterned lens units with a rectangular shape prior to reflowing to avoid a sagging of the island of the resin in the middle without reflow into a spherical cap in the reflow step. The overcoat acts as a permanent protective layer. The coating layer is also made of a photosensitive composition.
Microlens arrays can also be fabricated by the use of a mold or a stamper as, for example, disclosed in EP0932256. A process of manufacturing the planar microlens array is as follows: a release agent is coated on a shaping surface of a stamper on which convex portions are densely arranged, and a photocurable synthetic resin material having a high refractive index is set on the shaping surface of the stamper. Next, the base glass plate is pushed onto the synthetic resin material, thereby spreading the synthetic resin material, and the synthetic resin material is cured by irradiating with ultraviolet radiation or by heating and is shaped to form the convex microlenses. Thereafter the stamper is peeled off. Then, a photocurable synthetic resin material having a low refractive index is additionally coated onto the convex microlenses as an adhesive layer and a glass substrate which is made into a cover glass plate is pushed onto the synthetic resin material, thereby spreading the same. The synthetic resin material is then cured and finally the planar microlens array is formed. As disclosed in US 5969867, a similar method using a mold is applied for the production of a prism sheet, which is used as a part of backlight units for color liquid crystal display panels to enhance the brightness. A prism sheet forming a prism row on one side is mounted on the light-emitting surface of the backlight. For fabricating a prism sheet, an active energy ray-curable composition is cast and spread in a lens mold which is made of metal, glass or resin and forms the lens shape of the prism row, etc., after which a transparent substrate sheet is placed onto it and active energy rays from an active energy ray-emitting source are irradiated through the sheet for curing. The prepared lens sheet is then released from the lens mold to obtain the lens sheet. The active energy ray-curable composition used to form the lens section must have a variety of properties, including adhesion to the transparent substrate, and suitable optical characteristics.
Lenses at least with some photoresists in the prior art are not desirable for some applications since the optical transmittance in the blue end of the optical spectrum is poor. Because the photocurable compositions according to the invention have low yellowing prop- erties, both thermally and photochemically, they are suitable for the production of microlens arrays as described above.
The novel radiation-sensitive compositions are also suitable for photo-lithographic steps used in the production process of plasma display panels (PDP), particularly for the imaging forming process of barrier rib, phosphor layer and electrodes.
The PDP is a planar display for displaying images and information by virtue of the emission of light by gas discharge. By the construction of panel and the method of operation, it is known in two types, i.e. DC (direct current) type and AC (alternating current) type. By way of example, the principle of the DC type color PDP will be briefly explained. In the DC type color PDP, the space intervening between two transparent substrates (generally glass plates) is divided into numerous minute cells by latticed barrier ribs interposed between the transparent substrates. In the individual cells a discharge gas, such as He or Xe, is sealed. On the rear wall of each cell there is a phosphor layer which, on being excited by the ultraviolet light generated by the discharge of the discharge gas, emits visible light of three primary col- ors. On the inner faces of the two substrates, electrodes are disposed as opposed to each other across the relevant cells. Generally, the cathodes are formed of a film of transparent electroconductive material such as NESA glass. When a high voltage is applied between these electrodes formed on the fore wall and the rear wall, the discharge gas which is sealed in the cells induces plasma discharge and, by virtue of the ultraviolet light radiated consequently, incites the fluorescent elements of red, blue, and green colors to emit lights and effect the display of an image. In the full-color display system, three fluorescent elements severally of the three primary colors of red, blue, and green mentioned above jointly form one picture element. The cells in the DC type PDP are divided by the component barrier ribs of a lattice, whereas those in the AC type PDP are divided by the barrier ribs which are arranged parallel to each other on the faces of the substrates. In either case, the cells are divided by barrier ribs. These barrier ribs are intended to confine the luminous discharge within a fixed area to preclude false discharge or cross talk between adjacent discharge cells and ensure ideal display.
The compositions according to the invention also find application for the production of one- or more-layered materials for the image recording or image reproduction (copies, reprography), which may be mono- or polychromatic. Furthermore the materials are suitable for color proofing systems. In this technology formulations containing microcapsules can be applied and for the image production the radiation curing can be followed by a thermal treatment. Such systems and technologies and their applications are for example disclosed in US5376459.
The compounds of the formula I and Il are also suitable as photoinitiators in the holographic data storage application. Said photoinitiators generate radicals and initiate polymerization of monomer upon irradiation with blue laser radiation, suitable for holographic data storage. The wavelength range of the blue laser is 390-420 nm, preferably 400-410 nm and particularly 405 nm. Holographic storage systems (holographic recording media) are for example used to record and to retrieve a large amount of data with fast access time. The photoinitiators of the invention are for example in particular suitable for systems as described for example in WO 03/021358.
The holographic data storage system is preferably comprised of a matrix network of low-refractive index matrix precursors and high-refractive index photopolymerizable monomers. The matrix precursor and photoactive monomer can be selected such that (a) the reaction by which the matrix precursor is polymerized during the cure is independent from the reaction by which the photoactive monomer will be polymerized during writing of a pattern, e.g. data, and (b) the matrix polymer and the polymer resulting from polymerization of the photoactive monomer (the photopolymer) are compatible with each other. The matrix is considered to be formed when the photorecording material, i.e. the matrix material plus the photoactive monomer, photoinitiator and/or additives, exhibits an elastic modulus of at least about 105 Pa, generally about 105 Pa to about 109 Pa.
The media matrix is formed by in-situ polymerization which yields as cross-linked network in the presence of the photopolymerizable monomers which remain "dissolved" and unreacted. The matrix containing unreacted, photopolymerizable monomers can also be formed by other means, for example by using a solid-resin matrix material in which the photoreactive, liquid monomer is homogeneously distributed. Then, monochromatic exposure generates the holographic pattern, which according to the light intensity distribution, polymerizes the photoreactive monomers in the solid pre-formed matrix. The unreacted monomers (where light intensity was at a minimum) diffuse through the matrix, producing a modulation of the refractive index that is determined by the difference between the refractive indices of the monomer and the matrix and by the relative volume fraction of the monomer. The thickness of the recording layer is in the range of several micrometers up to a thickness of one millimeter. Because of such thick holographic data storage layers it is required that the photoinitiator combines high photoreactivity with low absorbance, in order to render the layer transparent at the laser wavelength to assure that the extent of photopolymerization is as little as possible dependent on the exposure depth into the recording layer.
It was found that the photoinitiators of the present invention combine high reactivity with low absorbance at 405 nm and are suitable for this application. Dyes and sensitizers can also be added to the formulations. Suitable dyes and sensitizers for blue laser radiation are for example coumarines, xanthones, thioxanthones, see list above.
In particular relevant are thioxanthones, coumarins and benzophenones as mentioned under items 1., 2. and 3. in the list given above. It was found that the photoinitiators allow photopolymerization of monomers in thick layers, such as required for holographic data storage, with high sensitivity and yield recording layers which are sensitive to blue laser radiation. The photoinitiators, when applied at a concentration of 2-8 wt% in the photosensitive layer of 20 micron thickness yield an absorbance of the layer which comprises the photoinitiator, of less than 0.4, preferably less than 0.2 at the laser wavelength. The photoinitiators are in particular suitable for the preparation of optical articles (for example optical waveguides) or holographic recording media e.g. comprising a polymer and an organic photoinitiator as described above, having a maximum absorption at a UV wavelength in the range of 340-450 nm, wherein the refractive index contrast adjusted sensitivity is greater than 3x10"6Δn/(mJ/cm2). For example, the polymer is formed by polymerizing a material comprising component 1 and component 2, wherein component 1 comprises a NCO-terminated pre-polymer and component 2 comprises a polyol. Component 1 is, for example, diphenyl- methane diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, a derivative of hexamethylene diisocyanate, a methylenebiscyclohexylisocyanate, a derivative of methyle- nebiscyclohexylisocyanate. Component 2 is for example a polyol of propylene oxide. Preferably, the photoactive monomer is an acrylate monomer. In such media the shrinkage induced by writing is usually less than 0.25%.
Photocuring further is of great importance for printings, since the drying time of the ink is a critical factor for the production rate of graphic products, and should be in the order of fractions of seconds. UV-curable inks are particularly important for screen printing and offset inks.
As already mentioned above, the novel mixtures are highly suitable also for producing printing plates. This application uses, for example, mixtures of soluble linear polyamides or styrene- /butadiene and/or styrene/isoprene rubber, polyacrylates or polymethyl methacrylates containing carboxyl groups, polyvinyl alcohols or urethane acrylates with photopolymerizable monomers, for example acrylamides and/or methacrylamides, or acrylates and/or methacrylates, and a photoinitiator. Films and plates of these systems (wet or dry) are exposed over the negative (or positive) of the printed original, and the uncured parts are subsequently washed out using an appropriate solvent or aqueous solutions.
Another field where photocuring is employed is the coating of metals, in the case, for example, of the coating of metal plates and tubes, cans or bottle caps, and the photocuring of polymer coatings, for example of floor or wall coverings based on PVC. Examples of the photocuring of paper coatings are the colourless varnishing of labels, record sleeves and book covers.
Also of interest is the use of the novel photoinitiators for curing shaped articles made from composite compositions. The composite compound consists of a self-supporting matrix material, for example a glass fibre fabric, or alternatively, for example, plant fibres [cf. K. -P. Mieck, T. Reussmann in Kunststoffe 85 (1995), 366-370], which is impregnated with the photocuring formulation. Shaped parts comprising composite compounds, when produced using the novel compounds, attain a high level of mechanical stability and resistance. The novel compounds can also be employed as photocuring agents in moulding, impregnating and coating compo- sitions as are described, for example, in EP7086. Examples of such compositions are gel coat resins, which are subject to stringent requirements regarding curing activity and yellowing resistance, and fibre-reinforced mouldings, for example, light diffusing panels which are planar or have lengthwise or crosswise corrugation. Techniques for producing such mouldings, such as hand lay-up, spray lay-up, centrifugal casting or filament winding, are described, for example, by P. H. Selden in "Glasfaserverstarkte Kunststoffe", page 610, Springer Verlag Berlin-Heidelberg-New York 1967. Examples of articles which can be produced by these techniques are boats, fibre board or chipboard panels with a double-sided coating of glass fibre-reinforced plastic, pipes, containers, etc. Further examples of moulding, impregnating and coating compositions are UP resin gel coats for mouldings containing glass fibres (GRP), such as corrugated sheets and paper laminates. Paper laminates may be based on urea resins or melamine resins. Prior to production of the laminate, the gel coat is produced on a support (for example a film). The novel photocurable compositions can also be used for casting resins or for embedding articles, for example electronic components, etc..
The compositions and compounds according to the invention can be used for the production of holographies, waveguides, optical switches wherein advantage is taken of the development of a difference in the index of refraction between irradiated and unirradiated areas.
The use of photocurable compositions for imaging techniques and for the optical production of information carriers is also important. In such applications, as already described above, the layer (wet or dry) applied to the support is irradiated imagewise, e.g. through a photomask, with UV or visible light, and the unexposed areas of the layer are removed by treatment with a developer. Application of the photocurable layer to metal can also be carried out by electro- deposition. The exposed areas are polymeric through crosslinking and are therefore insoluble and remain on the support. Appropriate colouration produces visible images. Where the support is a metallized layer, the metal can, following exposure and development, be etched away at the unexposed areas or reinforced by electroplating. In this way it is possible to produce electronic circuits and photoresists. When used in image-forming materials the novel photoinitiators provide excellent performance in generating so called printout images, whereby a color change is induced due to irradiation. To form such printout images different dyes and/or their leuco form are used and examples for such print out image systems can be fount e.g. in WO96/41240, EP706091 , EP51 1403, US3579339 and US4622286.
The novel photoinitiator is also suitable for a photopatternable composition for forming a dielectric layer of a multilayer layer circuit board produced by a sequential build-up process.
The invention, as described above, provides compositions for producing pigmented and non- pigmented paints and varnishes, powder coatings, printing inks, printing plates, adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives, dental compositions, gel coats, photoresists for electronics, electroplating resist, etch resist, both liquid and dry films, solder resist, as resists to manufacture color filters for a variety of display applications, to generate structures in the manufacturing processes of plasma-display panels (e.g. barrier rib, phosphor layer, electrode), electroluminescence displays and LCD (e.g. interlayer insulating layer, spacers, microlens array), for holographic data storage (HDS), as composition for encapsulating electrical and electronic components, for producing magnetic recording materials, micromechanical parts, waveguides, optical switches, plating masks, etch masks, colour proofing systems, glass fibre cable coatings, screen printing stencils, for producing three-dimensional objects by means of stereolithography, and as image recording material, for holographic recordings, microelec- tronic circuits, decolorizing materials, decolorizing materials for image recording materials, for image recording materials using microcapsules, as a photoresist material used for forming dielectric layers in a sequential build-up layer of a printed circuit board.
Substrates used for photographic information recordings include, for example, films of poly- ester, cellulose acetate or polymer-coated papers; substrates for offset printing formes are specially treated aluminium, substrates for producing printed circuits are copper-clad laminates, and substrates for producing integrated circuits are, for example, silicon wafers. The layer thickness of the photosensitive layer for photographic materials and offset printing forms is generally from about 0.5 μm to 10 μm, while for printed circuits it is from 0.1 μm to about 100 μm. Following the coating of the substrates, the solvent is removed, generally by drying, to leave a coat of the photoresist on the substrate.
Coating of the substrates can be carried out by applying to the substrate a liquid composition, a solution or a suspension. The choice of solvents and the concentration depend principally on the type of composition and on the coating technique. The solvent should be inert, i.e. it should not undergo a chemical reaction with the components and should be able to be removed again, after coating, in the course of drying. Examples of suitable solvents are ketones, ethers and esters, such as methyl ethyl ketone, isobutyl methyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxy- propionate, 2-methoxypropylacetate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentan- one, and ethyl lactate. The solution is applied uniformly to a substrate by means of known coating techniques, for example by spin coating, dip coating, knife coating, curtain coating, brushing, spraying, especially by electrostatic spraying, and reverse-roll coating, and also by means of electropho- retic deposition. It is also possible to apply the photosensitive layer to a temporary, flexible support and then to coat the final substrate, for example a copper-clad circuit board, or a glass substrate by transferring the layer via lamination. The quantity applied (coat thickness) and the nature of the substrate (layer support) are dependent on the desired field of application. The range of coat thicknesses generally comprises values from about 0.1 μm to more than 100 μm, for example 0.1 μm to 1 cm, preferably 0.5 μm to 1000 μm.
Following the coating of the substrates, the solvent is removed, generally by drying, to leave an essentially dry resist film of the photoresist on the substrate.
The photosensitivity of the novel compositions can extend in general from about 150 nm to 600 nm, for example 190-600 nm, (UV-vis region). Suitable radiation is present, for example, in sunlight or light from artificial light sources. Consequently, a large number of very different types of light sources are employed. Both point sources and arrays ("lamp carpets") are suitable. Examples are carbon arc lamps, xenon arc lamps, low-, medium-, high- and super high- pressure mercury lamps, possibly with metal halide dopes (metal-halogen lamps), microwave-stimulated metal vapour lamps, excimer lamps, superactinic fluorescent tubes, fluores- cent lamps, argon incandescent lamps, electronic flashlights, photographic flood lamps, light emitting diodes (LED), electron beams and X-rays. The distance between the lamp and the substrate to be exposed in accordance with the invention may vary depending on the intended application and the type and output of lamp, and may be, for example, from 2 cm to 150 cm. Laser light sources, for example excimer lasers, such as F2 excimer lasers at 157 nm expo- sure, KrF excimer lasers for exposure at 248 nm and ArF excimer lasers for exposure at 193 nm are also suitable. Lasers in the visible region can also be employed.
The term "imagewise" exposure includes both, exposure through a photomask comprising a predetermined pattern, for example a slide, a chromium mask, a stencil mask or a reticle, as well as exposure by means of a laser or light beam, which for example is moved under computer control over the surface of the coated substrate and in this way produces an image. Suitable UV laser exposure systems for the purpose are, for example, provided by Etec and Orbotech (DP-100™ DIRECT IMAGING SYSTEM). Other examples of laser light sources are, for example excimer lasers, such as F2 excimer lasers at 157 nm exposure, KrF excimer lasers for exposure at 248 nm and ArF excimer lasers for exposure at 193 nm. Further suitable are solid state UV lasers (e.g. Gemini from ManiaBarco, DI-2050 from PENTAX) and violet laser diodes with 405 nm output (DI-2080, DI-PDP from PENTAX). Lasers in the visible region can also be employed. And the computer-controlled irradiation can also be achieved by electron beams. It is also possible to use masks made of liquid crystals that can be addressed pixel by pixel to generate digital images, as is, for example, described by A. Bertsch, J.Y. Jezequel, J. C. Andre in Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology A: Chemistry 1997, 107, p. 275-281 and by K.-P. Nicolay in Offset Printing 1997, 6, p. 34-37. Following the imagewise exposure of the material and prior to development, it may be advan- tageous to carry out thermal treatment for a short time. After the development a thermal post bake can be performed to harden the composition and to remove all traces of solvents. The temperatures employed are generally 50-250°C, preferably 80-220°C; the duration of the thermal treatment is in general between 0.25 and 60 minutes.
The photocurable composition may additionally be used in a process for producing printing plates or photoresists as is described, for example, in DE4013358. In such a process the composition is exposed for a short time to visible light with a wavelength of at least 400 nm, without a mask, prior to, simultaneously with or following imagewise irradiation.
After the exposure and, if implemented, thermal treatment, the unexposed areas of the photosensitive coating are removed with a developer in a manner known per se.
As already mentioned, the novel compositions can be developed by aqueous alkalis or organic solvents. Particularly suitable aqueous-alkaline developer solutions are aqueous solutions of tetraalkylammonium hydroxides or of alkali metal silicates, phosphates, hydroxides and carbonates. Minor quantities of wetting agents and/or organic solvents may also be added, if desired, to these solutions. Examples of typical organic solvents, which may be added to the developer liquids in small quantities, are cyclohexanone, 2-ethoxyethanol, toluene, acetone and mixtures of such solvents. Depending on the substrate also solvents, e.g. organic solvents, can be used as developer, or, as mentioned above mixtures of aqueous alkalis with such solvents. Particularly useful solvents for solvent development include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethyleneglycol dimethyl ether, propyleneglycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, methyl-3- methoxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopen- tanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, epsilon-caprolactone, gamma-butyl- olactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoramide, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, epsilon-caprolactam, and N-methyl-pyrrolidinone. Optionally, water can be added to these solvents up to a level at which still a clear solution is obtained and at which sufficient solubility of the unexposed areas of the light sensitive composition is maintained.
The invention therefore also provides a process for the photopolymerization of compounds containing ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, i.e. monomeric, oligomeric or polymeric compounds containing at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, which comprises adding to these compounds at least one photoinitiator of the formula I or Il as described above and irradiating the resulting composition with electromagnetic radiation, in particular light of the wavelength 150 to 600 nm, in particular 190-600 nm, with electron beam, or with X-rays.
The invention further provides a coated substrate which is coated on at least one surface with a composition as described above, and describes a process for the photographic production of relief images, in which a coated substrate is subjected to imagewise exposure and then the unexposed portions are removed with a developer. Imagewise exposure may be effected by irradiating through a mask or by means of a laser or electron beam as already described above. Of particular advantage in this context is the laser beam exposure already mentioned above. The compounds of the invention have a good thermal stability and low volatility, and are also suitable for photopolymerisations in the presence of air (oxygen). Further, they cause only low yellowing in the compositions after photopolymerization.
The examples which follow illustrate the invention in more detail. Parts and percentages are, as in the remainder of the description and in the claims, by weight, unless stated otherwise. Where alkyl radicals having more than three carbon atoms are referred to in the following examples without any mention of specific isomers, the n-isomers are meant in each case.
Example 1 : Synthesis of 1-{9-[4-(1-acetoxyiminoethyl)-phenyl]-6-(4-carbazol-9-yl-benzoyl)- carbazol-3-yl}-ethanone oxime O-acetate
1.a 1 -(4-Carbazol-9-yl-phenyl)-ethanone
To carbazole (5.02 g) in DMSO (50 ml.) is added 4-fluoroacetophenone (3.45 g) and K2CO3 (10.4 g), and the mixture is stirred at 135°C overnight. The mixture is poured into water to afford a precipitate, which is isolated by filtration and washed with water. The crude product thus obtained is further purified by recrystallization from TBME (terf-butyl methyl ether), giving the product as a light brown solid. The structure is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 2.71 (s, 3H), 7.32 (ddd, 2H), 7.41-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.72 (d, 2H), 8.15 (d, 2H), 8.21 (d, 2H). JJD 1 -{4-[3-Acetyl-6-(4-fluoro-benzoyl)-carbazol-9-yl]-phenyl}-ethanone
To 1-(4-carbazol-9-yl-phenyl)-ethanone (5.71 g) in CH2CI2 (150 ml.) is added p-fluorobenzoyl chloride (3.17 g) and AICI3 (5.41 g) at 0°C. After stirring overnight at room temperature, acetyl chloride (1.73 g) and AICI3 (2.93 g) are further added at 0°C and the mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-water, and the crude product is extracted twice with CH2CI2. The combined organic layer is washed with H2O and brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the residue, which is purified by washing with hot TBME. The structure of the product, which is obtained as a white solid, is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 7.23 (t, 2H), 7.48 (d, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H), 7.72 (d, 2H), 7.91 (dd, 2H), 7.99 (d, 1 H), 8.14 (d, 1 H), 8.28 (d, 2H), 8.66 (s, 1 H), 8.80 (s, 1 H). J-1C 1 -{4-[3-Acetyl-6-(4-carbazol-9-yl-benzoyl)-carbazol-9-yl]-phenyl}-ethanone To 1-{4-[3-acetyl-6-(4-fluoro-benzoyl)-carbazol-9-yl]-phenyl}-ethanone (4.O g) in DMSO (40 imL) is added carbazole (1.79 g) and K2CO3 (3.69 g), and the mixture is stirred at 140°C overnight. The mixture is poured into water, and the crude product is extracted twice with CH2CI2. The combined organic layer is washed with H2O and brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give a residue, which is purified by washing with hot TBME. The structure of the product, which is obtained as a yellow solid, is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 7.34 (t, 2H), 7.45-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.57 (d, 1 H), 7.59 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 8.10-8.19 (m, 6H), 8.29 (d, 2H), 8.81 (s, 1 H), 8.87 (s, 1 H). 1.d 1 -{9-[4-(1 -hydroxyiminoethyl)-phenyl]-6-(4-carbazol-9-yl-benzoyl)-carbazol-3-yl}ethanone oxime
To 1-{4-[3-acetyl-6-(4-carbazol-9-yl-benzoyl)-carbazol-9-yl]-phenyl}-ethanone (2.75 g) in DMA (30 ml.) is added hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.702 g) and sodium acetate (0.984 g) dissolved in water (4 ml_). After stirring for 3h at 100°C, the reaction mixture is poured into water to give a precipitate, which is isolated by filtration. The crude product thus obtained is used for the next reaction without further purification. The structure of the main product (1.d) is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 7.33 (t, 2H), 7.42-7.52 (m, 4H), 7.58 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.76-7.82 (m, 3H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 8.07 (d, 1 H), 8.12 (d, 2H), 8.17 (d, 2H), 8.47 (s, 1 H), 8.76 (s, 1 H). 1.e 1 -{9-[4-(1 -acetoxyiminoethyl)-phenyl]-6-(4-carbazol-9-yl-benzoyl)-carbazol-3-yl}ethanone oxime O-acetate
To 1 -{9-[4-(1 -hydroxyiminoethyl)-phenyl]-6-(4-carbazol-9-yl-benzoyl)-carbazol-3-yl}-ethanone oxime (2.72 g) in THF (30 mL) is added triethylamine (1.81 mL) and acetyl chloride (0.92 mL) dropwise at 0°C. After stirring for 3h at 0°C, the reaction mixture is poured into water. The product is extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer is washed with H2O, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give a residue, which is purified by column chromatography on silica-gel with hexane/ethyl acetate/CH2CI2 = 4/3/3 to 2/5/3 as an eluent. The structure of the product (1.e), which is obtained as a yellow solid, is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 7.33 (t, 2H), 7.43-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.52 (d, 1 H), 7.59 (d, 2H), 7.67 (d, 2H), 7.79 (d, 2H), 7.93 (d, 1 H), 8.04-8.18 (m, 7H), 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.78 (s, 1 H). Examples 2-4:
The compounds of the examples 2-4 are prepared according to the procedure as described in example 1 by using the corresponding reagents. The compounds and their properties are described in Table 1.
Table 1
Examples 5-22:
The compounds of the examples 5-22 are prepared according to the procedure as described in example 1 and/or example 8 (described below) by using the corresponding reagents. The oximation reaction can optionally be carried out in the presence of pyridine instead of sodium acetate. The compounds and their properties are described in Table 2.
Example 8: 8a. 6-Octanoyl-3-(2-thienyl)-9H-carbazole
The reaction as described in example 1 b by using octanoyl chloride, 2-thiophenecarbonyl chloride, and 9-benzylcarbazole (which is obtained according to Bulletin of the Chemical Society of Japan (1981 ), 54(6), 1897-8) as starting materials, affords the product without the benzyl protection on the nitrogen atom, namely 6-octanoyl-3-(2-thienyl)-9H-carbazole. The structure is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 0.88 (t, 3H), 1.22-1.44 (m, 8H), 1.82 (quint, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H), 7.23 (t, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H), 7.55 (d, 1 H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 8.07 (d,
1 H), 8.14 (d, 1 H), 8.72 (s, 1 H), 8.76 (s, 1 H), 9.04 (bs, 1 H).
8b. 1-{4-[6-Octanoyl-3-(2-thienyl)-carbazol-9-yl]-phenyl}-ethanone
This transformation is carried out under a similar condition as described in example 1 c. The structure is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 0.86 (t, 3H), 1.23-1.47 (m,
8H), 1.82 (quint, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 3.15 (t, 2H), 7.24 (dd, 1 H), 7.47 (d, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H), 7.72 (d,
2H), 7.75-7.77 (m, 2H), 8.06 (d, 1 H), 8.14 (d, 1 H), 8.27 (d, 2H), 8.79 (s, 1 H), 8.83 (s, 1 H).
8c. 1-{4-[6-acetoxyimino-octyl-3-(2-thienyl)-carbazol-9-yl]-phenyl}-ethanone oxime O-acetate
The transformation of the ketones to the oxime acetate is carried out as described in example
1 d and 1 e. The data are listed in Table 2.
Table 2
Examples 23-37:
The compounds of the examples 23-37 are prepared by combination of similar reactions as described in example 1 , example 8 and/or example 34 with the corresponding reagents. The oximation reaction can optionally be carried out in the presence of pyridine instead of sodium acetate if necessary. The compounds and their properties are described in Table 3, Table 4 and Table 5.
Example 33 3,6-Diacetyl-Λ/-(4-diethylaminophenyl-carbonyl)-carbazole is prepared according to a procedure described in Tetrahedron, 1989, 45, 5059-5064 by using the corresponding acyl chloride and 3,6-diacetylcarbazole, which is synthesized as described in J. Org. Chem., 1999, 64, 3671-3678. The structure is confirmed by the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 1.25 (t, 6H), 2.74 (s, 6H), 3.47 (q, 4H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 7.65-7.68 (m, 4H), 8.04 (d, 2H), 8.74 (s, 2H). The transformation of the ketone to the oxime acetate is carried out as described before. The data are listed in Table 4.
Example 34
34a. 2,7-di(isobutyryl)thioxanthene A reaction as described in example 1 b by using thioxanthene, isobutyryl chloride, and aluminium chloride gives the product. The structure is confirmed by Mass [M = 366] and the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 0.99 (d, 12H), 2.29 (hept, 2H), 2.82 (d, 4H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 7.50 (d, 2H), 7.79 (d, 2H), 7.92 (s, 2H). 34b. 2,7-di(isobutvryl)thioxanthen-9-one
To 2,7-di(isobutyryl)thioxanthene (4.0 g) dissolved in dichloromethane (24 ml.) are added a aqueous solution of tetra-n-butylammonium bromide (1.76 g in 24 ml. water) and bromine (1.17 ml.) successively at room temperature (rt), and the mixture is stirred at rt for 2h. Extractive work-up and recrystallization from methanol give the product. The structure is confirmed by Mass [M = 380] and the 1H-NMR spectrum (CDCI3). δ [ppm]: 1.05 (d, 12H), 2.36 (hept, 2H), 2.99 (d, 4H), 7.70 (d, 2H), 8.26 (d, 2H), 9.15 (s, 2H). 34c. 2,7-Bis-{1 -(acetoxyimino)-3-methyl-butyl}-thioxanthen-9-one
The transformation of the ketone to the oxime acetate is carried out as described before. The data are listed in Table 4.
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Example 38
The reaction mixture prepared according to the procedure in example (1.e) is passed by a short column on silica-gel with CH2CI2ZCH3COOC2H5 = 4/1 as an eluent. The product thus obtained is dried in vacuo. The analysis shows that the product obtained as a yellowish solid is mainly a mixture of the compound of example 1 and the compound of example 32 with a ratio of 7/3.
Application Examples:
Preparation of Polv(benzylmethacrylate-co-methacrylic acid)
24 g of benzylmethacrylate, 6 g of methacrylic acid and 0.525 g of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) are dissolved in 90 ml of propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate (PGMEA). The resulting reaction mixture is placed in a preheated oil bath at 8O0C. After stirring for 5 hours at 8O0C under nitrogen, the resulting viscous solution is cooled to room temperature and used without further purification. The solid content is about 25%.
Example A1 : Sensitivity test
A photocurable composition for a sensitivity test is prepared by mixing the following compo- nents:
200.0 parts by weight of copolymer of benzylmethacrylate and methacrylic acid (benzylmethacrylate : methacrylic acid = 80 : 20 by weight) 25% propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate (PGMEA) solution, prepared in above example 50.0 parts by weight of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ((DPHA), provided by UCB
Chemicals),
2.0 parts by weight of photoinitiator (or photoinitiator mixture), and 150.0 parts by weight of PGMEA All operations are carried out under yellow light. The compositions are applied to an aluminum plate using an electric applicator with a wire wound bar. The solvent is removed by heating at 1000C for 2 minutes in a convection oven. The thickness of the dry film is approximately 2 μm. A standardized test negative film with 21 steps of different optical density (Stouffer step wedge) is placed with an air gap of around 100 μm between the film and the resist. Exposure is carried out using a 250W super high pressure mercury lamp (USHIO, USH-250BY) at a distance of 15 cm. A total exposure dose measured by an optical power meter (ORC UV Light Measure Model UV-M02 with UV-35 detector) on the test negative film is 250mJ/cm2. After exposure, the exposed film is developed with 1 % sodium carbonate aqueous solution for 100 sec. at 3O0C by using a spray type developer (Walter Lemmen, model T21 ). The sensitivity of the initiator system used is characterized by indicating the highest number of the step remained (i.e. polymerized) after developing. The higher the number of steps, the more sensitive is the system tested. The results are listed in table 6.
Table 6: Stepwedge sensitivity
CH,
N
* provided by Ciba Specialty Chemicals = Cv ^O
CH,

Claims

Patent Claims
1. A compound of the formula I or Il
, wherein
M1, M2 and M3 independently of one another are no bond, a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or
NR14; provided that at least one of M1, M2 or M3 is a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14;
M4 is a direct bond, CR"3R"4, CO, CS, O, S, SO, or SO2;
Y is a direct bond, S or NR18; Ri is hydrogen, C3-C8cycloalkyl, C2-C5alkenyl, CrC20alkoxy, unsubstituted CrC20alkyl or
CrC20alkyl which is substituted by one or more halogen, phenyl, CrC20alkylphenyl and/or CN; or R1 is phenyl or naphthyl, both of which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
Ci-C6alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, halogen, CN, OR11, SR10 and/or NR12R13; or R1 is benzyloxy or phenoxy both of which are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC6alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl and/or halogen;
R2 is hydrogen, CrC20alkyl or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or
NR14 or R2 is C-ι-C2oalkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OR11, COOR11, CONR12R13, phenyl or phenyl substituted by halogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11, or NR12R13; or R2 is C2-C20alkyl interrupted by one or more O and/or optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OR11, COOR11, CONR12R13, phenyl or phenyl substituted by SR10, OR11 or NR12R13; or R2 is phenyl, naphthyl, coumarinyl or heteroaryl, each of which optionally is substituted by one or more CrC12alkyl, phenyl, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CN, NO2, SR1O, OR11, NR12R13 or by
C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R2 is C2-C2oalkanoyl, or benzoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
CrC6alkyl, halogen, phenyl, SR10, OR11 or NR12R13; or R2 is C2-Ci2alkoxycarbonyl optionally interrupted by one or more O and/or optionally substituted by one or more OH; or R2 is phenoxycarbonyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC6alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, halogen, phenyl, SRi0, ORn Or NR12R13;
R"2 has one of the meanings given for R2; or is R1,
M5 is no bond, a direct bond, CO, O, S, SO, SO2 or NR14;
R3 and R4 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, C2-C12alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or are C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-C12alkinyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CN, NO2, R I ' 2 O I l -C=N-O-C-R'., or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R3 and R4 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more SR10, OR11 or
NR12R13; or R3 and R4 are (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13, wherein the substituents
(CO)R15, OR11, SR10 and NR12R13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R10, R11, R12 R13, and/or R15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring; or R3 and R4 together are CrCβalkylene or C2-Cealkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached, wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11, NR12R13, halogen, phenyl, COOR11, CONR12R13, CN, NO2, or is substituted by C3-C1ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is substituted by C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, and wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is fused with further aromatic rings and/or heteroaromatic rings; R'i has one of the meanings given for R1; R'2 has one of the meanings given for R2; R'3, R'4, R"3 and R"4 independently of one another have one of the meanings given for R3 and R4;
R5 is hydrogen, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC20alkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, C2-C12alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is ft O
C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-C12alkinyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CN, NO2, — C=N-O-C-R'1 or
C3-Ciocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R5 is phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, Ci-C4haloalkyl,
CrC2oalkyl, SRi0, ORn, NR12Ri3, or C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R5 is (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13, wherein the substituents (CO)R15,
OR11, SR10 and NR12R13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R10, R11, R12
R13 and/or R15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring;
Re and R'β independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC20alkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, C2-C12alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or are C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-C12alkinyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, CN, NO2,
R'. O
— C-N-O-C-R'., or C3-C1ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R6 and R'6 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, Ci-C20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11 Or NR12R13; or R6 and R'6 are (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13, wherein the substituents (CO)R15, OR11, SR10 and NR12R13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R10, R11, R12 R13, and/or R15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring; or R6 and R'6 together are CrC6alkylene or C2-C6alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached, wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, is substituted by Ci-C4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11, NR12R13, halogen, phenyl, COOR11, CONR12R13, CN, NO2, or C3-C1ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 and wherein said bicyclic ring optionally is fused with further aromatic rings and/or heteroaromatic rings; provided that the group is attached to either ring of
said bicyclic ring;
R7, R'7, Re and R'8 independently of one another have one of the meanings as given for R3 and R4; R9 and R'9 independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen, d-C2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or are C2-Ci2alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or are C4-C8cycloalkenyl, C2-C12alkinyl, phenyl-C-ι-C4alkyl, CN, R I ' 2 O I l
NO2, -C=N-O-C-R'., or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or Rg and R'9 are phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11 or NR12R13; or R9 and R'9 are (CO)R15, SR10, OR11, SOR10, SO2R10 or NR12R13, wherein the substituents
(CO)R15, OR11, SR10 and NR12R13 optionally form 5- or 6-membered rings via the radicals R10,
R11, R12 R13, and/or R15 with further substituents on the phenyl ring or with one of the carbon atoms of the phenyl ring; Rio is hydrogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C12alkenyl, C3-C1ocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or R10 is phenyl-CrC4alkyl; CrC8alkyl which is substituted by OH, SH, CN,
C3-C6alkenoxy, -OCH2CH2CN, -OCH2CH2(CO)O(CrC4alkyl), -O(CO)-(CrC4alkyl), -O(CO)-ph enyl, -(CO)OH or -(CO)O(CrC4alkyl); or R10 is C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by one or more O or S ; or R10 is -(CH2CH2O)nH, -(CH2CH2O)n(CO)-(C1-C8alkyl), C2-C8alkanoyl, benzoyl,
C3-C6alkenoyl; or R10 is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more
R I '", 2 O I l halogen, CrC12alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC12alkoxy, — C=N-0-C-R"1 , phenyl-CrC3alkyloxy, phenoxy, CrC12alkylsulfanyl, phenylsulfanyl, -N(C-ι-C12alkyl)2, diphenylamino, -(CO)O(CrCβalkyl) or (CO)N(C1-C8alkyl)2; or R10 is phenyl or naphtyl which forms a 5- or 6-membered ring with the phenyl ring to which the SR10 is attached via a direct bond, CrC4alkylene, O, S, NR14 or CO, wherein said phenyl or naphthyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC2oalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is substituted by C3-Ciocycloalkyl which is optionally interrupted
R I '", 2 O I l by O, CO or NR14, or is substituted by halogen, — C=N-O-C-R"1 , Ci-C20alkoxy,
CrC2oalkylcarbonyl or phenylcarbonyl; n is an integer from 1-12;
R"i has one of the meanings as given for R1 and R'-i;
R'"2 has one of the meanings given for R2 and R'2;
Rn is hydrogen, CrC20alkyl which optionally is substituted by one or more halogen; or is -(CH2CH2O)nH, -(CH2CH2O)n(CO)-(Ci-Cβalkyl), CrC8alkanoyl, C2-C12alkenyl, C3-Cealkenoyl, phenyl-CrC4alkyl; C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by one or more O;
C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 ; or R11 is Ci-C8alkyl which is substituted by OH, SH, CN,
C3-C6alkenoxy, -OCH2CH2CN, -OCH2CH2(CO)O(C1-C4alkyl),
-O(CO)-(CrC4alkyl), -O(CO)-phenyl, -(CO)OH or -(CO)O(CrC4alkyl); or R11 is benzoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more Ci-Cβalkyl, halogen,
Ci-C4haloalkyl, OH or CrC4alkoxy; or R11 is phenyl or naphthyl each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R I '", 2 O I l halogen, OH, — C=N-O-C-R"1 , CrC12alkyl, C3-C10cycloalkyl or CrC12alkoxy;
Ri2 and R13 independently of one another are hydrogen, CrC2oalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is in- terrupted by O, CO or NR14, C2-C4hydroxyalkyl, CrC12alkoxy, phenyl-CrC4alkyl, (CO)R15, C2-C10alkoxyalkyl, C3-C5alkenyl, or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R13 are phenyl or naphthyl, each of which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC20alkoxy, (CO)R15, phenyl, NR16R1Z, SR10, OR11, R I '" 2 O I l -C=N-O-C-R'^ , Ci-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 or by
C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R13 independently of each other are C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR12R13 is attached, wherein said C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R12 and R13 independently of one another are phenyl which is attached via a direct bond to the phenyl ring on which the NR12R13 is positioned; or Ri2 and Ri3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring which optionally is interrupted by O, N or NR14, and which ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC2oalkyl, CrC2oalkoxy, =0, SRi0, ORn or
R I '" 2 O I l
NR16Ri7, (CO)R-I5, NO2, halogen, CrC4haloalkyl, CN, phenyl, -C=N-O-C-Fr1 , or by C3-Ci0cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or
R12 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, which heteroaromatic ring system is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, CrC20alkoxy, =0, SR10, OR11, NR16R17, (CO)R15, R I '", 2 O I l
-C=N-O-C-R"., , halogen, NO2, CN, phenyl or by C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is in- terrupted by O, CO or NR14;
Ri4 is hydrogen, CrC2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O or CO, or is phenyl-C-i-C4alkyl, C3-Cβcycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O or CO, or is (CO)R15 or phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more CrC20alkyl, halogen,
CrC4haloalkyl, SR10, OR11, NR12R13 or ; Ri5 is hydrogen, OH, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C20alkyl which interrupted by O, CO or NR14, C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is phenyl-CrC4alkyl, SR10, OR11 Or NR12R13; or R15 is phenyl, naphthyl, coumarinyl or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted or substi-
R I '", 2 O I l tuted by one or more SR10, OR11, NR12R13, -C=N-O-C-R'^ , CN, NO2, halogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 or C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14;
Ri6 and Ri7 independently of each other are hydrogen, CrC2oalkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C3-C10cycloalkyl or phenyl; or R16 and R17 together with N-atom to which they are attached form a 5- or 6-membered satu- rated or unsaturated ring, which optionally is interrupted by O, S or NR14; or R16 and R17 independently of one another are C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene which is attached to one of the C-atoms of the phenyl or naphthyl ring to which the NR16R17 is attached, wherein said C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR15, and to which C2-C5alkylene or C2-C5alkenylene optionally a benzene ring is condensed; Ri8 is hydrogen, (C0)R"2, CrC20alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-Ci-C4alkyl, CrC20alkyl which optionally is substituted by one or more halogen, COORn or CONRi2Ri3; or R18 is C2-C2oalkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; C2-C12alkenyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is C4-C8cycloalkenyl or C2-C12alkinyl; or R18 is benzoyl, naphthoyl, phenyloxycarbonyl or naphtyloxycarbonyl each of which is optionally substituted by one or more CrC2oalkyl, C-ι-C4haloalkyl, SR1O, OR11, NR12R13, halogen, phenyl, COOR11, CONR12R13, CN, NO2 or C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; or R18 is C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is C3-C10cycloalkylcarbonyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14, or is C3-C10cyclo- alkyloxycarbonyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or NR14; Or R18 is phenyl or naphthyl both of which optionally are substituted by one or more SR10, OR11, R I '" 2 O I l
NR12R13, — C=N-O-C-Fr1 , CN, NO2, halogen, CrC20alkyl, CrC4haloalkyl, C2-C20alkyl which is interrupted by O, CO or NR14 or C3-C-ιocycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O, CO or
NR14; provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
2. A compound of the formula I or Il according to claim 1 , wherein
M1, M2 and M3 independently of one another are no bond or a direct bond; provided that at least one of M1, M2 or M3 is a direct bond;
M4 is a direct bond or CO; Y is S or NR18;
R1 and R'i are CrC20alkyl; CrC20alkoxy or phenyl;
R2 and R'2 independently of one another are unsubstituted CrC2oalkyl, CrC2oalkyl substituted by COOR11 or CONR12R13; C2-C2oalkanoyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by OR11 ; or is phenyl which is substituted by NR12R13; R"2 is phenyl; phenyl which is substituted by one or more NR12R13, halogen, CrC20alkyl, or by C3-C10cycloalkyl which optionally is interrupted by O; or R"2 is heteroaryl, in particular thienyl and furyl, which optionally is substituted by alkyl;
M5 is a direct bond; R3, R4, R'3, R'4, R"3 and R"4, independently of one another are hydrogen, halogen,
R'2 O -C=N-O-C-R'1 , (CO)Ri5; or R3 and R4 together are C2-C6alkenylene to form a bicyclic ring together with the phenyl to which they are attached;
R5 is hydrogen, — ;
R6, R'β, Re and R'8, are hydrogen;
R I ' 2 O I l
R7 and R'7 independently of one another are hydrogen or — C=N-O-C-R'., ;
R I ' 2 O I l
R9 and R'9 independently of one another are hydrogen, (CO)Ri5 or -C=N-O-C-R'., ;
R11 is CrC2oalkyl; R12 and R13 independently of one another are CrC2oalkyl; or
R12 and Ri3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaromatic ring system, which heteroaromatic ring system is unsubstituted or substituted by R I '", 2 O I l
-C=N-O-C-R'^ ;
Ri4 is CrC2oalkyl; Ri5 is phenyl or heteroaryl each of which optionally is substituted by NRi2Ri3 or Ci-C2oalkyl; R18 is CrC20alkyl; benzoyl which optionally is substituted by CrC20alkyl or NRi2Ri3; or is phenyl or naphthyl both of which optionally are substituted by one or more halogen or
R1I12 ° -C=N-O-C-R'1 ! ; and provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
3. A photoinitiator mixture, comprising
(A) at least one compound of the formula I or II, as defined in claim 1 and
(B) at least one compound of the formula I' or M' (M'), wherein
' 2 *2
A is a group Z-O-N=C — , o=C— ;
M1, M2, M3, M4, Y, R1 and R2 are as defined in claim 1 ;
R3, R4, R5, R'3, R'4, R"2, R"3, and R"4 are as defined in claim 1 , wherein the groups
R'2 O R'"2 O
-C=N-O-C-R^ and/or — C=N-O-C-R"1 as defined in claim 1 can be replaced
R'2 R'2 R™ 2 R'"2 with -C=N-O-Z -C=O , -C=O and/or -C=N-O-Z ;
Z is hydrogen, COR1, COR'1 or C0R"i; R'i, R"i, R'2 and R'"2 are as defined in claim 1 ; provided that at least two oxime ester groups are present in the molecule.
4. A photoinitiator mixture according to claim 3, comprising at least a compound of the formula I and at least a compound of the formula I', wherein
M1 and M2 are no bond;
M3 is a direct bond;
Ri, R'i, R"i, R2, and R'2 are as defined in claim 1 ;
R3, R'3, R"3, R4, R'4 and R"4 are hydrogen;
R'2 O R5 is -C=N-O-C-R1., ,
R"2 is phenyl substituted by NR12Ri3 ; and
Ri2 and Ri3 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaraomatic ring system, or comprising at least a compound of the formula Il and at least a compound of the formula M', wherein
M4 is a direct bond;
Ri, R'i, R"i, R'"2, and R'2 are as defined in claim 1 ;
Y iS NR18; Ri8 is phenyl substituted by — C=N-O-C-R"., ;
R2 is phenyl substituted by NR12Ri3 ; and
Ri2 and R13 together with the N-atom to which they are attached form a heteroaraomatic ring system.
5. Photoinitiator mixture according to claim 3 or 4, in addition to the compound of the formula I or Il and formula I' or M' comprising a further oxime ester photoinitiator.
6. A photopolymerizable composition comprising (a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated photopolymerizable compound and
(b) as photoinitiator, at least one compound of the formula I or Il as defined in claim 1 , or a mixture of compounds of the formula I or Il as defined in claim 3.
7. A photopolymerizable composition according to claim 6 comprising in addition to the photoinitiator or photoinitiator mixture (b) at least one further photoinitiator (c) and/or other additives (d).
8. A photopolymerizable composition according to anyone of claims 6-7, comprising 0.05 to 25 % by weight of the photoinitiator (b), or the photoinitiators (b) and (c), based on the composi- tion.
9. A photopolymerizable composition according to anyone of claims 6-8 as further additive (d) comprising a photosensitizer, in particular a compound selected from the group consisting of benzophenone and its derivatives, thioxanthone and its derivatives, anthraquinone and its derivatives, or coumarin and its derivatives.
10. A photopolymerizable composition according to anyone of claims 6-9 additionally comprising a binder polymer (e), in particular a copolymer of methacrylate and methacrylic acid.
11. A process for the photopolymerization of compounds containing ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, which comprises irradiating a composition according to anyone of claims 6-10 with electromagnetic radiation in the range from 150 to 600 nm, or with electron beam or with X-rays.
12. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula I or Il as defined in claim 1 , by reacting an oxime compound of formula Ia or Na
(Ma), wherein
R2, R"2, Y, M1, M2, M3 and M4 are as defined in claim 1 ; R3, R'3, R"3, R4, R'4, R'J4 and R5, are as defined in claim 1 , wherein the groups R I ' l O I l R I '", l O I l
-C=N-O-C-R'., and/or -C=N-O-C-R"., as defined in claim 1 can be replaced
2 2 2 2 with -C=O , -C=O , -C=N-O-Z and/or -C=N-O-Z ;
R'2 and R'"2 are as defined in claim 1 ; Z is hydrogen, COR1, COR'1 or COR"i; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen; with an acyl halide or an anhydride of formula V or Vl o o I l o M .. ...
HaI-C-R1 (V) R-C-O-C-R1 (Vl), or a mixture of acyl halides of the formulae (V) and (Va) or (Vl) and (Via) o o I l o M .. .. .
HaI-C-R' (Va) R1— c-o-c-R^ (Via), wherein Hal denotes a halogen atom and Ri and R'i are as defined in claim 1 , in the presence of a base or a mixture of bases.
13. The use of a composition according to anyone of the claims 6-10 for producing pigmented and nonpigmented paints and varnishes, powder coatings, printing inks, printing plates, ad- hesives, pressure sensitive adhesives, dental compositions, gel coats, photoresists for electronics, electroplating resists, etch resists, both liquid and dry films, solder resists, resists to manufacture color filters for a variety of display applications, resists to generate structures in the manufacturing processes of plasma-display panels, electroluminescence displays and LCD, spacers for LCD, for holographic data storage (HDS), as composition for encapsulating electrical and electronic components, for producing magnetic recording materials, microme- chanical parts, waveguides, optical switches, plating masks, etch masks, colour proofing systems, glass fibre cable coatings, screen printing stencils, for producing three-dimensional objects by means of stereolithography, as image recording material, for holographic recordings, microelectronic circuits, decolorizing materials, decolorizing materials for image recording materials, for image recording materials using microcapsules, as a photoresist material for a UV and visible laser direct imaging system, as a photoresist material used for forming dielectric layers in a sequential build-up layer of a printed circuit board.
14. A process according to claim 11 for producing pigmented and nonpigmented paints and varnishes, powder coatings, printing inks, printing plates, adhesives, pressure sensitive ad- hesives, dental compositions, gel coats, photoresists for electronics, electroplating resists, etch resists, both liquid and dry films, solder resists, resists to manufacture color filters for a variety of display applications, resists to generate structures in the manufacturing processes of plasma-display panels, electroluminescence displays and LCD, spacers for LCD, for holo- graphic data storage (HDS), as composition for encapsulating electrical and electronic components, for producing magnetic recording materials, micromechanical parts, waveguides, optical switches, plating masks, etch masks, colour proofing systems, glass fibre cable coatings, screen printing stencils, for producing three-dimensional objects by means of stereo- lithography, as image recording material, for holographic recordings, microelectronic circuits, decolorizing materials, decolorizing materials for image recording materials, for image recording materials using microcapsules, as a photoresist material for a UV and visible laser direct imaging system, as a photoresist material used for forming dielectric layers in a sequential build-up layer of a printed circuit board.
15. Coated substrate which is coated on at least one surface with a composition according to claim 6.
16. Process for the photographic production of relief images, in which a coated substrate according to claim 15 is subjected to imagewise exposure and then the unexposed portions are removed with a developer.
17. A color filter prepared by providing red, green and blue picture elements and a black matrix, all comprising a photosensitive resin and a pigment on a transparent substrate and providing a transparent electrode either on the surface of the substrate or on the surface of the color filter layer, wherein said photosensitive resin comprises a polyfunctional acrylate monomer, an organic polymer binder and a photopolymerization initiator of formula I or Il according to claim 1.
18. A compound of the formula Ia or Ma
(Ma), wherein
R2, R"2, Y, M1, M2, M3 and M4 are as defined in claim 1 ;
R3, R'3, R"3, R4, R'4, R'J4 and R5 are as defined in claim 1 , wherein the groups
R'. O R'". O
-C=N-O-C-R'., and/or -C=N-O-C-R"., as defined in claim 1 can be replaced
with -C=N-O-Z and/or -C=N-O-Z ;
R'2 and R'"2 are as defined in claim 1 ;
Z is hydrogen, COR1, COR'1 or C0R"i; provided that at least one radical Z in the compound of the formula Ia and Ma is hydrogen; and provided that at least two groups comprising the radical Z are present in the molecule.
EP06807785A 2005-12-20 2006-11-09 Oxime ester photoinitiators Not-in-force EP1963374B1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP06807785A EP1963374B1 (en) 2005-12-20 2006-11-09 Oxime ester photoinitiators

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP05112439 2005-12-20
EP06115428 2006-06-14
PCT/EP2006/068254 WO2007071497A1 (en) 2005-12-20 2006-11-09 Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP06807785A EP1963374B1 (en) 2005-12-20 2006-11-09 Oxime ester photoinitiators

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1963374A1 true EP1963374A1 (en) 2008-09-03
EP1963374B1 EP1963374B1 (en) 2010-02-17

Family

ID=37561778

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP06807785A Not-in-force EP1963374B1 (en) 2005-12-20 2006-11-09 Oxime ester photoinitiators

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (1) US8586268B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1963374B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5117397B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101351286B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102199119B (en)
AT (1) ATE458010T1 (en)
DE (1) DE602006012366D1 (en)
TW (1) TWI454446B (en)
WO (1) WO2007071497A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (76)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4874659B2 (en) * 2006-01-24 2012-02-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Aniline compound, method for producing the same, and photosensitive composition
CN101528694B (en) * 2006-12-27 2012-03-07 株式会社艾迪科 Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the compound
KR101526618B1 (en) * 2007-05-11 2015-06-05 바스프 에스이 Oxime ester photoinitiators
US8349548B2 (en) 2007-05-11 2013-01-08 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators
JP5535064B2 (en) * 2007-05-11 2014-07-02 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Oxime ester photoinitiator
US8632952B2 (en) * 2007-11-20 2014-01-21 Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin cured matter, photosensitive resin film, photosensitive resin film cured matter and optical waveguide obtained by using the same
US7932176B2 (en) * 2008-03-21 2011-04-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Self-aligned barrier layers for interconnects
KR101702278B1 (en) * 2008-05-29 2017-02-03 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Photocurable composition and manufacturing method for a molded body having a fine pattern on the surface
JP5566378B2 (en) 2008-06-06 2014-08-06 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Oxime ester photoinitiator
ATE541865T1 (en) * 2008-06-06 2012-02-15 Basf Se PHOTO INITIATOR MIXTURES
US8507726B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-08-13 Basf Se Photoinitiator mixtures
WO2010071956A1 (en) 2008-12-22 2010-07-01 Canadian Bank Note Company, Limited Improved printing of tactile marks for the visually impaired
KR101732197B1 (en) 2009-01-19 2017-05-02 바스프 에스이 Black matrix for colour filters
JP5642150B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2014-12-17 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピアＢａｓｆ Ｓｅ Photoresist composition
JP5236587B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2013-07-17 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 Photocurable resin composition
KR101770537B1 (en) * 2009-10-23 2017-08-22 프레지던트 앤드 펠로우즈 오브 하바드 칼리지 Self-aligned barrier and capping layers for interconnects
CA2780036C (en) 2009-12-07 2017-08-22 Agfa-Gevaert Photoinitiators for uv-led curable compositions and inks
US8569393B2 (en) 2009-12-07 2013-10-29 Agfa-Gevaert N.V. UV-LED curable compositions and inks
JP5640722B2 (en) * 2010-02-05 2014-12-17 Jsr株式会社 Novel compound and radiation-sensitive composition containing the same
KR20130040780A (en) * 2010-03-31 2013-04-24 다이요 홀딩스 가부시키가이샤 Photocurable resin composition
FR2960087B1 (en) * 2010-05-12 2013-08-30 Compagnie Ind Et Financiere Dingenierie Ingenico PORTABLE DEVICE COMPRISING A TOUCH SCREEN AND METHOD OF USING SAME.
JP5636869B2 (en) * 2010-10-20 2014-12-10 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive composition, cured film, and method for forming them
CN103229101B (en) 2010-11-30 2017-05-10 日产化学工业株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for microlenses
EP2668156B1 (en) 2011-01-28 2018-10-31 Basf Se Polymerizable composition comprising an oxime sulfonate as thermal curing agent
US20120208914A1 (en) 2011-02-14 2012-08-16 Deepak Shukla Photoinitiator compositions and uses
US8816211B2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2014-08-26 Eastman Kodak Company Articles with photocurable and photocured compositions
US20120207935A1 (en) 2011-02-14 2012-08-16 Deepak Shukla Photocurable inks and methods of use
CA2836817C (en) 2011-05-25 2016-08-02 American Dye Source Inc. Compounds with oxime ester and/or acyl groups
KR101469519B1 (en) * 2011-10-07 2014-12-08 (주)경인양행 Oxim ester Compound, and Photopolymerization initiator Comprising the Same
JP5799799B2 (en) * 2011-10-20 2015-10-28 日立化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, resist pattern forming method and printed wiring board manufacturing method
CN103998427A (en) 2011-12-07 2014-08-20 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Oxime ester photoinitiators
TWI550643B (en) * 2012-03-30 2016-09-21 Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd Conductive paste and conductive circuit
KR101947252B1 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-02-12 바스프 에스이 Oxime ester photoinitiators
WO2013179237A1 (en) 2012-06-01 2013-12-05 Basf Se Black colorant mixture
JP5536167B2 (en) * 2012-10-01 2014-07-02 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 Photo-curable resin composition for solder resist
JP2013047816A (en) * 2012-10-01 2013-03-07 Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd Photosetting resin composition for printed wiring board
JP2013047818A (en) * 2012-10-01 2013-03-07 Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd Photosetting resin composition
KR101664121B1 (en) 2012-12-13 2016-10-10 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and color filter using the same
KR101609634B1 (en) 2012-12-26 2016-04-06 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and light blocking layer using the same
JP5890337B2 (en) * 2013-02-13 2016-03-22 東京応化工業株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, insulating film, and display device
WO2014174601A1 (en) * 2013-04-24 2014-10-30 株式会社千葉合成研究所 Novel pyrimidine derivative
CN105531260B (en) 2013-09-10 2019-05-31 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Oxime ester photoinitiator
JP6233271B2 (en) 2013-12-27 2017-11-22 Jsr株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing resist pattern
KR101435652B1 (en) 2014-01-17 2014-08-28 주식회사 삼양사 NOVEL FLUORENYL β-OXIME ESTER COMPOUNDS, PHOTOPOLYMERIZATION INITIATOR AND PHOTORESIST COMPOSITION CONTAINING THE SAME
CN104076606B (en) * 2014-07-15 2019-12-03 常州强力电子新材料股份有限公司 A kind of photosensitive composite and its application containing oxime ester lightlike initiating agent
US10487050B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2019-11-26 Basf Se Oxime sulfonate derivatives
KR101824429B1 (en) 2015-01-26 2018-02-06 주식회사 삼양사 Novel di-oxime ester compounds and photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same
KR101828927B1 (en) 2015-02-06 2018-02-14 주식회사 삼양사 Novel oxime ester compounds, photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same
KR101824443B1 (en) 2015-04-09 2018-02-05 주식회사 삼양사 Novel fluorenyl oxime ester compounds, photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same
EP3085661B1 (en) 2015-04-21 2017-12-27 JSR Corporation Method of producing microfluidic device
KR101777845B1 (en) 2015-06-08 2017-09-12 주식회사 삼양사 Novel fluoranthene oxime ester derivates, photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same
KR102613079B1 (en) 2015-07-17 2023-12-12 타코마테크놀러지 주식회사 Oxime ester compound and photosensitive resin composition containing the compound
CN106565690B (en) * 2015-10-08 2019-10-18 常州强力先端电子材料有限公司 A kind of nitrocarbazole oxime ester lightlike initiating agent containing heterocycle
KR102509606B1 (en) 2015-10-30 2023-03-14 주식회사 삼양사 Novel quinolinyl beta oxime ester derivative compound, photopolymerization initiator, and photoresist composition containing the same
US10095110B2 (en) 2015-11-26 2018-10-09 Jsr Corporation Photosensitive resin composition, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing metallic pattern
JP2017149661A (en) * 2016-02-23 2017-08-31 株式会社Adeka Oxime ester compound, and polymerization initiator containing the compound
CN107340688B (en) * 2016-04-29 2022-05-06 东友精细化工有限公司 Composition for hard mask
KR101892086B1 (en) 2016-05-19 2018-08-27 주식회사 삼양사 Oxime ester derivative compounds, photopolymerization initiator, and photosensitive composition containing the same
TWI635079B (en) * 2016-07-08 2018-09-11 韓國化學研究院 Highly sensitive oxime ester photopolymerization initiator and photopolymerizable composition including the same
CN106336470B (en) * 2016-08-23 2018-08-24 湖北和昌新材料科技股份有限公司 A kind of carbazole oxime ester lightlike initiating agent and preparation method and application
CN106632740B (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-09-18 江苏博砚电子科技有限公司 It is a kind of for the photoinitiator of photoresist and its preparation and application
KR101991838B1 (en) 2016-12-28 2019-06-24 주식회사 삼양사 Novel 1,3-benzodiazole beta-oxime ester compound and composition comprising the same
KR20180090135A (en) 2017-02-02 2018-08-10 주식회사 삼양사 Oxime ester biphenyl compounds, photopolymerization initiator, and photosensitive composition containing the same
WO2018155547A1 (en) * 2017-02-23 2018-08-30 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured pattern production method, cured product, interlayer insulating film, cover coat layer, surface protective layer, and electronic component
WO2018168714A1 (en) * 2017-03-16 2018-09-20 株式会社Adeka Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing said compound
JP6949527B2 (en) * 2017-03-31 2021-10-13 株式会社Ｄｎｐファインケミカル Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
KR20200029379A (en) * 2017-07-13 2020-03-18 가부시키가이샤 아데카 Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the compound
KR101991903B1 (en) 2017-12-07 2019-10-01 주식회사 삼양사 Carbazole oxime ester derivative compounds and, photopolymerization initiator and photosensitive composition containing the same
CN111770905A (en) 2018-02-23 2020-10-13 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Organically modified metal oxide or metalloid oxide polymer films
JP7526104B2 (en) 2018-06-25 2024-07-31 サン・ケミカル・ベスローテン・ヴェンノーツハップ Red pigment composition for color filters
CN111258180B (en) * 2018-11-30 2024-03-08 常州正洁智造科技有限公司 Hexaarylbisimidazoles mixed photoinitiator and application thereof
KR102228630B1 (en) 2018-12-28 2021-03-16 주식회사 삼양사 Carbazole multi β-oxime ester derivative compounds and, photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same
US20220121113A1 (en) 2019-01-23 2022-04-21 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators having a special aroyl chromophore
CN113474730B (en) 2019-03-05 2024-10-01 东丽株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film using same, and touch panel
EP4114825A1 (en) 2020-03-04 2023-01-11 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators
US11981759B2 (en) 2022-05-18 2024-05-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Photocurable composition

Family Cites Families (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1180846A (en) * 1967-08-08 1970-02-11 Agfa Gevaert Nv Photopolymerisation of Ethylenically Unsaturated Organic Compounds
FR2393345A1 (en) * 1977-06-01 1978-12-29 Agfa Gevaert Nv MANUFACTURE OF MODIFIED ELEMENTS IN THE FORM OF IMAGES
GB2029423A (en) * 1978-08-25 1980-03-19 Agfa Gevaert Nv Photo-polymerisable materials and recording method
US4590145A (en) * 1985-06-28 1986-05-20 Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. Photopolymerization initiator comprised of thioxanthones and oxime esters
US5019482A (en) * 1987-08-12 1991-05-28 Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Polymer/oxime ester/coumarin compound photosensitive composition
SG77689A1 (en) * 1998-06-26 2001-01-16 Ciba Sc Holding Ag New o-acyloxime photoinitiators
SG97168A1 (en) * 1999-12-15 2003-07-18 Ciba Sc Holding Ag Photosensitive resin composition
NL1016815C2 (en) * 1999-12-15 2002-05-14 Ciba Sc Holding Ag Oximester photo initiators.
WO2002100903A1 (en) * 2001-06-11 2002-12-19 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Oxime ester photoinitiators having a combined structure
AU2003294034A1 (en) 2002-12-03 2004-06-23 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Oxime ester photoinitiators with heteroaromatic groups
JP2004359639A (en) * 2003-06-06 2004-12-24 Asahi Denka Kogyo Kk Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the same
JP4565824B2 (en) * 2003-09-24 2010-10-20 株式会社Ａｄｅｋａ Dimer oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing the compound as an active ingredient
JP2005187678A (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-07-14 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Photopolymerizable composition
JP2005220097A (en) * 2004-02-06 2005-08-18 Asahi Denka Kogyo Kk Oxime ester compound having thiophene structure and photopolymerization initiator containing the compound
JP4639770B2 (en) 2004-02-20 2011-02-23 Ｊｓｒ株式会社 Inorganic powder-containing resin composition, transfer film, and method for producing plasma display panel
DE602005003960T2 (en) 2004-08-18 2008-10-16 Ciba Holding Inc. Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP1957457B1 (en) 2005-12-01 2013-02-27 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO2007071497A1 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102199119A (en) 2011-09-28
US20100188765A1 (en) 2010-07-29
ATE458010T1 (en) 2010-03-15
JP2009519991A (en) 2009-05-21
US8586268B2 (en) 2013-11-19
TW200724522A (en) 2007-07-01
WO2007071497A1 (en) 2007-06-28
DE602006012366D1 (en) 2010-04-01
KR101351286B1 (en) 2014-02-17
TWI454446B (en) 2014-10-01
KR20080080208A (en) 2008-09-02
CN102199119B (en) 2014-07-16
EP1963374B1 (en) 2010-02-17
JP5117397B2 (en) 2013-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1963374B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
US8940464B2 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP2144876B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP2144894B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
US8524425B2 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP3019473B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP1778636B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP1567518B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators with heteroaromatic groups
EP2963015B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
EP2303833B1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
WO2009019173A1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
WO2013083505A1 (en) Oxime ester photoinitiators
US20130188270A1 (en) Oxime ester

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20080520

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

RAP1 Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred)

Owner name: BASF SE

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REF Corresponds to:

Ref document number: 602006012366

Country of ref document: DE

Date of ref document: 20100401

Kind code of ref document: P

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: VDEP

Effective date: 20100217

LTIE Lt: invalidation of european patent or patent extension

Effective date: 20100217

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100617

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100617

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100528

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: PL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100518

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100517

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20101118

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Payment date: 20101127

Year of fee payment: 5

BERE Be: lapsed

Owner name: BASF SE

Effective date: 20101130

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20101130

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20101130

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20101130

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20101109

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20101109

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20101109

Ref country code: HU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100818

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20100217

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MM01

Ref document number: 458010

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20111109

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20111109

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20101130

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20121109

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 10

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 11

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 12

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20191126

Year of fee payment: 14

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20200130

Year of fee payment: 14

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20191128

Year of fee payment: 14

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R119

Ref document number: 602006012366

Country of ref document: DE

GBPC Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee

Effective date: 20201109

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20201130

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210601

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20201109